أختبار 70-210

هو أن تقوم بحل كثير من الأختبارات قبل الدخول لأن الأسئلة متكرره دائما ولو كنت تريد أسئلة أخبرنى

أتمنى لك التوفيق والنجاح

السلام عليكم

شكرا اخي على الرد اذا كان بالأمكان ان ترسل لي اسئله او اي شيء يفيدني للأمتحان

ولك جزيل الشكر

تحياتي

سوف أقوم بعرض نوعين من الأختبارات

النوع الأول بالأجابات ولكن من غير تعليل

النوع الثانى بالأجابات مع التعليل والله الموفق

test1

1. You are an administrator of a small business network. You have one dial-up account at an ISP and want all computers on your network connected to the Internet. What shall you do?

A. Enable Internet Connection Sharing

B. Enable on-demand dialing

C. Enable sharing a modem on one computer on the network

D. Configure a DHCP Server

E. Disable Internet Connection Sharing

Answer: A

2. You configure your Windows 2000 Professional portable computer to redirect your My Documents folder to your home folder. You want to ensure that you can access all of your files in your My Documents folder when you are not connected to the network.

What should you do? (Chose two)

A. Use Windows Explorer to enable offline files.

B. Use Windows Explorer to create shortcut to access offline files folder as desktop.

C. Use Windows Explorer to configure the properties of your home folder to be available offline.

D. Use synchronization manager to configure your home folder to be available offline.

E. Create a shortcut in my network places to access your home folder.

Answer: A,C

3. You create a dial-up connection to your Internet service provider (ISP). You configure the Security tab and the Networking tab of the Internet Connection via MSN Properties dialog box. You attempt to connect to the ISP. You view the status change from Dialing to Verifying user name and password. After several seconds, the status changes to Disconnecting. You are then disconnected from the computer you dialed. You verify that your user name and password are entered correctly. You want to enable your computer to connect to your ISP. What should you do?

A. Configure your connection to enable data encryption.

B. Configure your connection to use the UNIX SLIP server.

C. Configure your connection to allow unsecured passwords.

D. Instruct your ISP to configure your account to support Multilink.

Answer: C

4. You are the administrator of your company's network. You configure a local group named Accounting to have a mandatory user profile. The mandatory profile has been configured to include a custom logo that was saved with 16-bit color and 1024x768 resolution.

Some of the Windows 2000 Professional computers in the accounting department have standard VGA video adapters, and others have SVGA video adapters. Several users report that when they log on to certain Windows 2000 Professional computers, the custom bitmap becomes very pixilated and distorted, and does not reflect the proper color depth. You want users to be able to correctly view the custom bitmap on any computer in the accounting department.

What should you do?

A. Configure a roaming user profile for each user in the accounting group.

B. Configure a separate user profile for each user in the accounting Group.

C. Change the custom bitmap to a 16-color bitmap that has 640x480 resolution, and reconfigure the mandatory user profile.

D. Reinstall the appropriate WDM-compliant drivers for the computers that do not display the custom bitmap correctly.

Answer: C

5. You want to install a dual boot system Windows 98 and Windows 2000 Professional computer for an employee that will arrive next week. You have three hard disks, you install Windows 98 on disk0 Windows 2000 Professional on Disk1. Disk2 will be used to store data. Disk1 should allow File security. The data storage on Disk2 will be accessed by both systems.

Which file systems should you install on Disk0, Disk1, and Disk2?

A. Disk 0: FAT16 Disk1: FAT32 Disk2: FAT 16

B. Disk 0: FAT32 Disk1: NTFS Disk2: FAT 32

C. FAT32 on all three disks

D. FAT16 on all three disks

E. NTFS on all three disks

Answer: B

6. You are upgrading Computer1 and Computer2 from Windows NT Workstation 4.0 to Windows 2000 Professional. You successfully upgrade Computer1. During the upgrade of Computer2, a series of power outages interrupts the upgrade.

You find that the upgrade is incomplete and also that Computer2 can no longer run Windows NT Workstation 4.0.

Computer2 does not support booting from the Windows 2000 Professional CD-ROM.

You want to use Computer 1 to help recover the failed upgrade.

What should you do?

A. On Computer1, copy the CD-ROM driver and Ntdetect.com, Ntbootdd.sys, ntdll.dll and Setupldr.bin to a floppy disk. On Computer2, use the floppy for the upgrade. Then run Winnt32/debug from the CD-ROM.

B. On Computer1, copy the CD-ROM driver and Ntdetect.com, Ntbootdd.sys, ntdll.dll and Setupldr.bin to a floppy disk. On Computer2, use the floppy for the upgrade. Then run Winnt32/rx from the CD-ROM.

C. On Computer1, run MAKEBT32.EXE from the Bootdisk folder on the Windows 2000 Professional CD-ROM. On Computer2, restart the upgrade by using the newly created floppy disks.

D. On Computer1, perform a remote installation from a network share. On Computer2, resume installation 2 using Setup Manager.

Answer: C

7. You are the administrator of your company's network. A user named Andrew has limited dexterity which prevents him from using standard keyboard when completing his daily tasks. You want to configure his Windows 2000 Professional computer to use the appropriate accessibility options.

You logon to Michael's computer by using his user account, which is a member of the local Users group. You configure the StickyKeys, FilterKeys and ToggleKeys options, and log off.

Michael logs on and is able to use the accessibility options. However, when he returns from lunch, the accessibility options are automatically turned off.

What should you do?

A. Use Accessibility Options in Control Panel to reconfigure the accessibility idle time setting.

B. Use Accessibility Options in Control Panel to enable the FilterKeys option to reconfigure the accessibility idle time setting.

C. Use Utility Manager to configure the accessibility options to start automatically when Windows 2000 Professional loads.

D. Use Utility Manager to increase the accessibility idle time setting.

Answer: A

8. You want to install Windows 2000 on a computer that already has Windows 98 installed. The size of the hard disk is 20 GB. You want to keep the original Windows 98 operating system and set up dual booting with Windows 2000. The entire hard drive is formatted FAT 32. What will the Windows 2000 system be able to do? (Choose all that apply)

A. Audit files and folders

B. Compress and Decompress files and folders

C. Encrypt and decrypt files and folders

D. Share files and folders

E. Set File and folders permissions

F. None of the above

Answer: D

9. You want to install Windows 2000 on an older computer that meets Windows 2000 hardware specifications. The hard disk is 4 GB. You install Windows 2000 Professional and format the drive with NTFS. What functions will the Windows 2000 system be able to do? (Choose all that apply)

A. Audit files and folders

B. Compress and Decompress files and folders

C. Encrypt and decrypt files and folders

D. Share files and folders

E. Set File and folders permissions

F. None of the above

Answer: A,B,C,D,E

10. The human resources department has informed you that 2 new temporary part-time workers will start next week. You are required to set up a workstation that they will both share. They do not need access to the network but they will need to access an HP LaserJet printer attached to the local computer. You install Windows 2000 Professional and format the hard disk using NTFS. What type of user account should you create for them?

A. No account. They can use the built-in guest account

B. No Account. They can use the built-in Administrator account

C. Local user account

D. Domain user account

Answer: C

11. As the administrator of your company's network you will be installing Windows 2000 Professional on 10 new Pentium III computers. Your company does business with a myriad of countries and accepts many currencies. You must ensure that international currency options are set for 5 of the 10 computers. The remaining 5 computers must be configured to support different input locales. How can you most efficiently set the correct international currency options and configure different input locales on each specified group of computers?

A. During the unattended installation of Windows 2000 Professional

B. Make the appropriate changes in the regional settings dialogue box during the installation of Windows 2000 Professional

C. After Windows 2000 Professional is installed, logon and make the changes through the panel

D. Make the appropriate changes in the date and time settings dialogue box during the installation of Windows 2000 Professional

Answer: A

12. Devin, a user on your Windows 2000 network, complains that when he tries logging on locally to his Windows 2000 Professional computer an error message is displayed:

'The local Policy of this Computer does not allow interactive logons'

Devin is sure that he has used the correct username and password.

What is the most likely cause of this problem?

A. The local user account is disabled

B. The logon rights have been modified

C. The local user account password is case-sensitive

D. The local user account username is incorrect

Answer: B

13. You have a share on your local computer. Someone has been intentionally damaging your files. You want to be able to know which account is doing this. What do you do?

A. Turn on auditing for objects in the Local Security Policy and Select 'Process Tracking'.

B. Turn on auditing for objects in the Local Security Policy and Select 'Object Access'.

C. Use Windows Explorer to turn on auditing for the specific files.

D. Have the administrator for domains log you on as an administrator and enable auditing for a specific file.

E. Turn on auditing for objects in the Local Security Policy and Select 'Account Management'.

F. Allow only one account at a time to log on to your shared folder. Check the event viewer to see who logged on.

Answer: B,C

14. You have a Smart Card and a Card Reader installed in your computer. You want to connect to your server. Which protocol should you apply? (Choose all that apply).

A. EAP

B. PAP

C. SPAP

D. CHAP

E. MS-CHAP

F. MS-CHAP V2

G. An Encrypted Password

Answer: A

15. You need additional storage space on your Windows 2000 Server computer. You install a second SCSI controller and a second hard disk.

During the installation of the SCSI driver, you receive a warning that the driver is unsigned. You complete the installation of the driver and restart Windows 2000 Professional. During startup, you receive a Stop error.

You need to correct the error and start Windows 2000 as quickly as possible.

What should you do?

A. Start the computer in Recovery Console. Delete the SCSI controller driver.

B. Start the computer by using the last known good configuration.

C. Start the computer by using the Windows 2000 startup floppy disks, and repair the system files.

D. Start the computer by using the Windows 2000 startup floppy disks, and repair the registry.

Answer: B

16. You are the administrator of a small, server based network. You are installing Windows 2000 Professional on nine computers. You configure the network adapter card for each computer to use TCP/IP and assign static IP addressing information.

During the installation, Setup detects and installs a 10/100 MBPS UTP-only network adapter card on Computer6 and Computer8, and a 10 MBPS BNC/UTP combination network adapter card on the other seven computers. All computers are connected to a 10/100 switch that has category 5 UTP cabling.

After the installation you find that only the Computer6 and Computer8 can communicate with each other.

What should you do so that all computers on the network can communicate with each other?

A. Configure the 10/100 switch to transfer only at 100 MBPS

B. Configure the 10/100 MBPS network adapter cards to transmit at 10 MBPS

C. Change the combination network adapter cards to use the BNC transceiver setting.

D. Change the combination network adapter cards to use the UTP transceiver setting.

Answer: D

17. You are the administrator of your company's network. The Software department is rewriting an accounting application so it will run on Windows 2000 Professional computers. All the computers in the Software department currently use Windows 98.

You want to configure the computers so that users can use both Windows98 and Windows 2000 Professional during the project.

Computers must also be configured for optimal disk performance. Users must be able to access all of the files on their computers using either operating system.

What should you do?

A. Create and format a FAT32 partition.

B. Create and format a NTFS volume.

C. Configure Windows 2000 to enable disk compression.

D. Configure Windows 2000 to enable dynamic volumes.

Answer: A

18. You install Windows 2000 Professional on your portable computer. You use a docking station when you are in the office.

You install an ISA-based SCSI adapter in your docking station. You insert your computer into the docking station and start the computer, but the adapter is not detected during the startup process. You run the Add/Remove Hardware Wizard, but the adapter is still not listed.

You want to allow Windows 2000 Professional to detect the SCSI adapter. What should you do?

A. Restart the Add/Remove Hardware Wizard. Manually add the SCSI adapter drivers.

B. Restart the computer in Safe Mode. Restart the Add/Remove Hardware Wizard to detect the SCSI adapter.

C. Copy the SCSI adapter driver to the Winntdriver cachei386 folder. Restart the Add/Remove Hardware Wizard to detect the SCSI adapter.

D. Configure Windows 2000 to use driver signing. Restart Add/Remove Hardware to detect the SCSI adapter.

Answer: A

19. You want to install Windows 2000 Professional on 30 PXE-compliant computers and 35 non-PXE-compliant computers. All 65 computers are included on the current hardware compatibility list (HCL).

You create a RIS image. You load the Image on the RIS server. You then start the 65 computers.

You find that the 30 PXE-Compliant computers can connect to the RIS server. However, the 35 non-PXE-compliant computers cannot connect to the RIS server.

You want to enable the 35 non-PXE-compliant computers to connect to the RIS server. What should you do?

A. Run Rbfg.exe to create a Non-PXE-compliant startup disk

B. Run Riprep.exe to create a non-PXE complaint startup disk

C. Grant the everyone group NTFS Read permission for the RIS image

D. Grant the Administrators group NTFS Read permission for the RIS image

Answer: A

20. Your network's dialup server is configured to support certificate authentication. You want to use smart card authentication on your Windows 2000 Professional Portable computer. Your computer has a PC Card smart card reader and the appropriate drivers installed, and a smart card. What else should you do to enable smart card authentication on your computer?

A. Configure a dial-up connection to use EAP, select the smart card device for authentication.

B. Configure a dial-up connection to use PPTP, select the smart card device for authentication.

C. Configure a dial-up connection to use certificate authentication, enable the user credentials for authentication.

D. Configure a Dial-up connection to connect to a private network through the Internet and enable L2TP to create a VPN.

Answer: A

21. You are the administrator of your company's network. You have 10 Windows 2000 Professional computers located in the research department. These computers contain highly confidential information.

You want the 10 computers to be able to communicate with other Windows 2000 Professional computers on the network, but you do not want them to be able to communicate with computers running Windows 95, Windows 98 or Windows NT.

You want to configure a Security Policy on each computer to ensure that the information is kept confidential and secure.

What should you do?

A. Use security templates to create a security template file and import the security settings to modify the default security settings.

B. Use the local computer policy to disable the 'access this computer from the network' option.

C. Use SECEDIT.EXE to reconfigure the computer default security settings to not allow anonymous access to the computers.

D. Use Security Configuration and Analysis to import the hisecws.inf security template file to modify the default security settings.

Answer: D

22. You install Windows 2000 Professional on your computer at home. You create a new dial-up connection to connect to your company's remote access server. You configure the connection to use both of your external modems and to use multilink to bind the modems together. You start the dial-up connection and connect to the remote access server. You notice that only one of the modems is connected to the remote access server.

What should you do?

A. Configure the dial-up connection to use a SLIP connection

B. Configure the company's remote access server to accept multilink connections

C. Replace your modems with new modems that support multilink

D. Grant your user account multilink permission on the company's remote access.

Answer: B

23. You have updated the modem driver on your Windows 2000 Professional computer. You restart your computer. Immediately after you log on, you receive a stop error.

You need to start Windows 2000. What must you do?

A. Restart the computer in Safe Mode. Uninstall the modem driver.

B. Restart the computer by using the last known good configuration.

C. Restart the computer in Recovery Console. Replace the new Modem.inf file with the old modem.inf file.

D. Start the computer from the Windows 2000 startup floppy disks. Repair the registry.

E. Start the computer from the Windows 2000 startup floppy disks. Repair the system files.

Answer: A

24. You are the administrator of your company's network. A user named Paul in the Sales department is working on a Windows 2000 Professional computer.

Paul needs access to files that are in the Sales folder on his computer. A local group named Sales is granted full control permission to the Sales folder and the files within it. Paul is a member of the Sales local group but he cannot access the files that he needs.

What should you do?

A. Grant Paul NTFS permission so that he can access any parent folder or files in the shared Sales folder.

B. Share the Sales folder and grant Paul shared folder permission to access the shared Sales folder.

C. Remove Paul from any other groups that have been explicitly denied access to the Sales folder.

D. Delete the Sales local group and recreate, add individual user accounts from the sales department back into sales local group.

Answer: C

25. You install Windows 2000 Professional on a new APM-compliant portable computer. You notice that whenever you attempt to shut down the computer, the Windows 2000 shutdown screen remains on the screen as the power remains on.

You attempt to shut off the computer by using Power Button, but you want the computer to shut off when Windows 2000 Professional shuts down.

What should you do?

A. Restart the computer. Disable the AMP in the system BIOS. Restart the computer.

B. Restart the computer. Use the Power Options in Control Panel to enable APM. Restart the computer.

C. Restart the computer. Use the Power Options in Control Panel to enable hibernate support. Restart the computer.

D. Restart the computer. Use the Power Options in Control Panel to create a different power scheme. Restart the computer.

Answer: B

26. You copy the contents of the Windows 2000 Professional CD to a shared network folder named Server1Win2000p. You use the shared folder to perform over-the-network installations of Windows 2000 Professional on new computers purchased by your company.

You receive a Windows 2000 service Pack CD. You apply the Service Pack to Server1 and to the Server1Win2000p folder.

You discover that the service pack contains several files that are incompatible with the new computers.

You want to make sure that the service pack files are not installed on any new computers until the problem has been corrected.

What can you do?

A. Use update.exe from the service pack CD on server1. Select the uninstall option.

B. Copy the contents of the Windows 2000 Professional CD to Server1Win2000p again, allowing the operating system to overwrite newer files while copying.

C. Run server1Win2000pWinNT32.exe/u on the new computer.

D. Run Update.exe/s:Server1Win2000p/you from the Service Pack CD on Server1.

Answer: B

27. You are the administrator of your company's network. A user named Peter runs Windows 2000 Professional on his portable computer. Peter wants to be able to work at home on files that were created in the office on the company network. Prior to logging off the network and leaving the office, Peter enables offline files. Peter calls you from home and reports that copies of his folders and files on the network are not available on his portable computer. What should you instruct Peter to do?

A. Enable file and print sharing. Peter will be able to access his files at home immediately.

B. Synchronize all offline files. Peter will be able to access his files at home immediately.

C. At the office, make all files available offline. Peter will be able to access his files the next time he logs off the network.

D. At the office, create a shortcut to the Offline Files folder. Peter will be able to access his files the next time he logs off the network.

Answer: C

28. You have this PC with a USB keyboard. You install a USB scanner. The system asks for the driver and you install them. After restart the keyboard doesn't work anymore. What should you do?

A. Update the scanner drivers using certified drivers

B. Enable the USB port in the computers BIOS

C. USB keyboards DO NOT exist

D. Enable the USB hub controller

E. Reinstall the USB device driver and disable the USB error detection

Answer: A

29. You are the administrator of your company's network. A user named Stephen in the Graphics department logs on to his Windows 2000 Professional computer. He installs a shared color laser printer, which is connected to a computer named Server1.

The next day Stephen logs on to a Windows NT workstation 4.0 computer. Stephen reports that when he attempts to print a document to the shared printer, the printer is not included in the list of available printers.

You want him to be able to send print jobs to the shared color laser printer from any computer on the network.

What should you do?

A. Configure a roaming user profile for Stephen's User account.

B. Configure the server properties of printer's system folder to connect to the shared printer.

C. Install a print driver for the print device on the Windows NT workstation computer.

D. Upgrade the Windows NT 4 computer to a Windows 2000 Professional computer and then import the profile settings for Stephen's user account.

Answer: A

30. You install Windows 2000 Professional on your portable computer. You create a new dial-up connection to connect to your company's remote access server.

You connect to the remote access server by using the dial-up connection. You can connect to servers on the same segment as the remote access server. You cannot access shared resources that are on remote segments from the remote access server. What should you do?

A. Configure the company's remote access server to accept Multilink connections.

B. Configure the TCP/IP properties for the dial-up connection to disable IP header compression.

C. Configure the TCP/IP properties for the dial-up connection to use the default gateway on the remote network.

D. Grant your user account dial-in permission on the company's remote access server.

Answer: C

31. When sharing files, which of the following cache settings will make all files that have been opened via the share available offline to those that access the files?

A. Manual Caching for Documents

B. Cache All

C. Automatic Caching for Documents

D. Automatic Caching for Programs

E. Manual Caching for Programs

F. Automatically cache all file before logging off.

G. Manually cache all file before logging off.

Answer: D

32. You install Windows 2000 Professional on your portable computer. You install a SCSI PC card adapter that you use at the office to connect to a scanner. You use a docking station for your computer when you are in the office.

You want to maximize the battery performance of your portable computer. You want to prevent the drivers for the adapter from loading whenever you are away from the office.

What should you do?

A. While away from the office, use Device Manager to remove the adapter.

B. While away from the office, configure the startup properties for the adapter to be automatic.

C. Remove the computer from the docking station and start Windows 2000 Professional. Configure Windows 2000 Professional to disable the SCSI PC card adapter device for the current profile.

D. Remove the computer from the docking station and start Windows 2000 Professional. Use Device Manager to remove the SCSI PC card adapter device.

Answer: C

33. A user moves an encrypted file from an NTFS-Partition on her Windows 2000 Workstation to an NTFS-Folder on a remote Windows 2000 Server. What effect will this have on the encrypted file?

A. The encrypted file will automatically be decrypted.

B. The encrypted file will remain encrypted in the Windows 2000 folder.

C. The encrypted file will inherit the encryption state of the remote NTFS-Folder.

D. Encrypted files and folders cannot be moved or copied. Decrypt it first, then move or copy the file or folder.

Answer: C

34. A user needs to encrypt a folder on her Windows 2000 Professional computer. Her computer has 2 drives - Drive C and drive D. The folder that needs encrypting is on drive D. When she attempts to encrypt the folder, no option for encryption can be found in the folder properties.

What should you do?

A. Log on to her computer as an Administrator and then run the Cipher/e command.

B. Instruct the user to run the Cipher/e command.

C. Log on to her computer as an Administrator and then run the Secedit/enforce command.

D. Instruct the user to run the Secedit/enforce command.

E. Log on to her computer as an Administrator and then run the Convert d:/FS:NTFS command.

Answer: E

35. Your Windows 2000 Professional computer has 50 MB of free space on drive C and 500MB on drive D. Print jobs are failing because of inadequate space on drive C. You want the print jobs to be able to use the space on the drive D. What should you do?

A. From the Print Server Properties dialog box change the location of the spool folder to any existing path on the drive D.

B. From the Printer Properties dialog box, go to the advanced properties option and change the location of the spool folder to D:winntsystem32spool

C. Copy the Cwinntsystem32spoolprinter to Dwinntsystem32spoolprinter folder

D. Mount drive C as subdirectories on drive D

Answer: A

36. You are the administrator of your company's network. The network is configured as shown in the exhibit.

You want to install Windows 2000 Professional on 10 non PXE compliant computers on the marketing segment on the network. The 10 computers do not have operating systems installed.

You attempt to load the computers using the existing RIS image that is on the RIS Server. You find that the computers cannot connect to the RIS Server.

You verify that the existing client computers on the network can connect to the network servers, including the RIS Server.

You then check the network servers and find out that the Windows NT Server 4.0 computer running WINS has stopped responding due to hard disk failure. You want to enable the computers to connect to the RIS Server.

What should you do? (Choose two).

A. Repair and restart the WINS Server.

B. Repair the WINS server and upgrade the server to Windows 2000 Server.

C. Configure the Active Directory server to run DHCP.

D. Configure a static entry in WINS that points to the RIS Server.

E. Create and use the RIS boot disk.

F. Run riprep.exe to create non-pxe compliant start up disk.

Answer: C,E

37. You want to upgrade 100 computers from Windows 98 to Windows 2000 Professional. You use setup manager to create the unattended.txt file. The hardware on each computer is configured identically.

You upgrade 10 of the computers. You notice that the monitors on the 10 computers go blank after Windows 2000 Professional loads. You restart one of the computers in Safe Mode, and find that the monitor appears to be working. Which change should you make to unattend.txt to configure your video settings correctly?

To answer, click the appropriate line on the Unattend.txt-notepad screen.

[Display]

BitsPerPel = 8

Vrefresh = 80

Xresolution = 640

Yresolution = 480

A. BitsPerPel = 8.

B. Xresolution = 640.

C. Yresolution = 480.

D. Vrefresh = 80.

E. Networking.

Answer: D

38. You are the administrator of your company's network. You purchase 75 new Windows 2000 Professional computers that will be shared by users in the Graphics organizational unit (OU). All of the computers are configured identically. You want users to be able to maintain their individual desktop settings regardless of which computer they use. You want to accomplish this with the least amount of administrative effort.

What should you do?

A. Configure each computer to join a workgroup. Create a user account and a local profile for each user.

B. Configure each computer to join a workgroup. Create a domain user account that uses roaming user profiles.

C. Configure each computer to join the domain. Create a user account for each user on a domain controller.

D. Configure each computer to join the domain. Create a domain user account that uses roaming user profiles.

Answer: D

39. You Dial-In to your company's network from home, but find that you can only access resources on the first subnet (where the Dial-In Server is located), but cannot go beyond that. What Dial-In setting should you change?

A. IP address.

B. Check the "Use default gateway on remote network" checkbox.

C. Disable "Use IP compression".

D. On the WINS tab of the TCP/IP Settings, check the "Use NetBIOS setting from the DHCP-Server".

E. On the DNS tab of TCP/IP settings, check the "Register this connections address in the DNS" checkbox.

Answer: B

40. You are using Windows 2000 Professional at home with a smart card installed, you want to connect to a RAS server to pick up your e-mail. What protocol will you need?

A. NWLink

B. PPTP

C. IPSec

D. NETBEUI

E. EAP

Answer: E

41. You use Windows Backup on your Windows 2000 Professional computer. Your computer is configured to perform a daily backup of files on drive D. On Thursday morning Drive D fails. You replace the failed disk with a new disk. You want to restore your files to the new hard disk.

The backup log shows:

Friday normal backup completed

Saturday incremental backup completed

Sunday incremental backup completed

Monday incremental backup completed

Tuesday incremental backup incomplete

Wednesday incremental backup completed

In what order should you restore the data?

A. Friday, Wednesday: files will be current as of the Wednesday night.

B. Friday, Thursday: files will be current as of the Thursday morning.

C. Friday, Saturday, Sunday, Monday: files cannot be restored after this time.

D. Friday, Saturday, Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday: files will be current as of the Wednesday night.

Answer: D

42. As the Junior network administrator of your company you have been asked to move the printer spool off the system partition and onto another hard disk. How do you move the printer spool to another drive?

A. From the command prompt 'move c:winntsystem32spool printers [desired location]'

B. From the command prompt 'move c:winntspool printers [desired location]'

C. Print Server Properties >> Advanced tab, browse to the desired location.

D. Because the printer spool is dynamic, it cannot be moved

E. Configure the print$ share on your computer to point to the desired location.

Answer: C

43. You install Windows 2000 Professional on your portable computer. You have an external CD-ROM drive that is connected to the parallel port on your computer.

When you start Windows 2000 Professional, you cannot see the CD-ROM drive in Windows Explorer. You use Computer Management to scan for hardware changes. The CD-ROM drive is not found.

You view the Port Settings tab and the Resources tab of the ECP Printer Port (LPT1) Properties dialog box as shown in the exhibit.

(Exhibit)

You want to enable Windows 2000 Professional to detect the CD-ROM drive. What should you do?

A. Configure the parallel port to never use an interrupt.

B. Configure the parallel port to use the automatic resource setting.

C. Configure the parallel port to use any interrupt assigned to the port.

D. Configure the parallel port to enable legacy Plug and Play detection.

Answer: D

44. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 Professional portable computer that is shared by users in the sales department. You want to configure a roaming user profile for each user. You want each individual user profile setting to be available from any location, including by using a dial-up connection.

You log on to the computer by using the local Administrator account. You create user accounts for the users in the sales department. When you attempt to configure each individual user account profile to be a roaming profile, you find that you cannot. You receive the Change Profile Type dialog box as shown in the exhibit.

(Exhibit)

You want to be able to configure each user account to use a roaming user profile. What should you do?

A. From System in Control Panel, select the Change Type option, and then select the Roaming profile option.

B. From Users and Passwords in Control Panel, select the Advanced tab, and then define the path for the profile location.

C. Use the Network Connection wizard to create a virtual private network (VPN) connection to the network, and define the mandatory profile path on each domain user account.

D. Connect the portable computer to the network, and configure the user accounts for a roaming user profile.

Answer: D

45. Your Windows 2000 Professional computer has 64 MB of RAM and two disk drives - C and D. Windows 2000 Professional is installed on drive C. Both your C and D drives have more than 500 MB of free disk space. You frequently run multiple memory intensive graphics applications simultaneously. You notice that access to drive C is much slower when you are using the graphics applications.

You want to maximize disk performance. What should you do?

A. Leave the paging file on drive C: and set the initial size of the virtual memory and a maximum size of the virtual memory to 64 MB

B. Leave the paging file on drive C: and set the initial size of the virtual memory and a maximum size of the virtual memory to 128 MB

C. Move the paging file from drive C to drive D. Set the initial size of virtual memory and the maximum size of virtual memory to 256 MB.

D. Move the paging file from drive C to drive D. Set the initial size of virtual memory to 96 MB and the maximum size of virtual memory to 256 MB.

Answer: C

46. You set up scheduled tasks to run and notify you of any failures. 3 days later you see that none of the tasks ran and you received no notifications.

What should you do?

A. Set the schedule service to run under the administrator account.

B. Set the scheduled tasks to run under the administrator account.

C. Enable the messenger service

D. Set the schedule service to run under the local system account and set it to start automatically.

Answer: D

47. You want to use Windows Backup to perform a Weekly backup of user data on your Windows 2000 Professional computer. You want to ensure that you backup everything including the registry, boot files, and COM+ objects.

How can you do this?

A. Configure Windows Backup to backup the System State data

B. Configure Windows Backup to backup the system partition

C. Create a batch file to run RDISK.EXE /s-before backup starts

D. Create a batch file to run RDISK.EXE /s- after backup is started

Answer: A

48. During startup, a Windows 2000 Professional computer in your office proceeds directly to the desktop without first prompting for a user name and password first.

You need to enforce logon requirements.

What should you do?

A. Change the Netlogon service startup setting to manual.

B. Disable the disable CTRL+ALT+DEL requirement for logon option in the local group policy.

C. In control panel, modify the startup and recovery settings in the system option.

D. In control panel, add the appropriate user accounts to the users and passwords setting.

Answer: B

49. Your Windows 2000 Professional computer is configured to support two monitors. You install a DOS-based application on your computer. The application uses the Windows 2000 Professional default settings for Autoexec.nt and Config.nt.

Your primary and secondary video adapters are both set for 16-bit color and 1024 X 768 resolution and default refresh rates. You create a shortcut for the DOS-based application on the primary monitor's desktop and use the default PIF settings.

You attempt to run the DOS-based application on the primary monitor. The application opens, but the display area is scrambled. You then attempt to run the DOS-based application on the secondary monitor. The application does not open.

Both monitors function correctly when you run Windows-based applications.

What should you do?

A. Change the color setting for both video adapters to 256 colors. Reconfigure the shortcut properties to run the DOS-based application in full screen mode.

B. Change the refresh rate setting to optimal for both video adapters. Reconfigure the PIF settings of the DOS-based application to start in a window.

C. Change the drivers for the secondary video adapter from WDM-compliant drivers to DOS drivers. Reconfigure the PIF settings to run the DOS-based application in full screen mode.

D. Update the drivers for the primary video adapter. Change the secondary video adapter to use 640x480 resolution and 256 colors.

Answer: A

50. You are the network administrator for a consultant firm. Each consultant has been issued a new Microsoft pocket PC. For your first installation, you place the pocket PC into its cradle and install software on to a Windows 2000 Professional computer. You receive the error message "unknown USB driver". You then remove the pocket PC from its cradle.

What should you do to correct the problem?

A. Restart the PC and modify the BIOS to specify an IRQ for the USB device. Restart the computer. Reset the pocket PC, and place the pocket PC back into cradle.

B. Use the device manager to delete the USB device, uninstall and reinstall the software. Perform the reset on the pocket PC. Place the pocket PC back into its cradle.

C. Uninstall and reinstall the software. Perform a reset on the pocket PC. Place the pocket PC back to its cradle.

D. Restart the PC and use recover console to replace the USB driver. Restart the computer. Perform a reset on the pocket PC. Place pocket PC back to cradle.

Answer: B

test2

51. You are the network administrator for your company. One of the Windows NT workstation 4.0 in your network contains a single hardware profile. You upgrade the PC to Windows 2000 Professional. When the computer starts, you select the O/S. You are then prompted the selection for hardware profile. You want to prevent the computer for prompting from

the profile selection. What should you do?

A. create a hardware profile named Disable.

B. modify the Boot.ini file on the system partition so that only the selection is listed.

C. copy the NTLDR and NTDECL.file from the Windows 2000 Professional CD to the boot partition of the PC.

D. replace the current device drivers with the ones provided on the Windows 2000 Professional.

Answer: D

52. You have two processes running on your computer--P1 and P2. You noticed that when you run both of them, P2 always times out, while when you pause/stop P1, P2 runs fine.

P1 runs with "real time" priority and uses 12 threads; P2 runs with "normal" priority" and uses 1 thread. What should you do?

A. Increase the number of threads for P2;

B. Increase the priority for P2;

C. Decrease the number of threads for P1;

D. Decrease the priority for P1.

Answer: D

53. You are installing Windows 2000 Professional on 100 MPS compliant computers. You have created an image and copied the image to 2 test computers. When you run the test computers you find that the 2nd processor is not being used. What should you do to enable the 2nd processor?

A. On your original machine use Device ManagerComputerPropertiesDriversUpdate Driver to install the correct multiprocessor hal.

B. On the original computer, go to the control Panel, go to Add new hardware, select the processor from the device list and install the processor.

C. Download the patch from the motherboard manufacturer to allow for the configuring dual processor.

D. Reinstall Windows 2000

Answer: A

54. You install a new 2nd processor of MPS to your system, but your system is still slow. You check the performance log and see that the 1st processor is over loaded. What should you do to make your system use both processors?

A. Enable AGP Bridge Controller.

B. Install the MPS-compliant drivers for the 2nd processor using Device Manager.

C. Install the ACPI-compliant drivers for the 2nd processor using Device Manager.

D. During startup, press F8 and install the MPS-compliant drivers for the 2 CPU.

Answer: B

55. You want to upgrade 150 computers from Windows NT Workstation 4.0 to Windows 2000 Professional. You create a unattend.txt file by using Setup Manager. You copy the file to a floppy disk. You then start the installation on a test computer by using the Windows 2000 Professional CD-ROM. You insert the floppy disk after the computer starts.

Although you had set the user interaction level to full unattended mode, you are prompted for all the required parameters.

You want to ensure that the unattended installation does not prompt you for input. What should you do?

A. Add a {data} section to unattend.txt, and set the unattended install Parameter to Yes.

B. Add an {Un-attend} section to unattend.txt, and set the OEMP reinstall parameter to Yes.

C. Rename unattend.txt on the floppy disk to winnt.sif

D. Create a $oem$$1 folder on the hard disk of the test computer, and copy unattend.txt to the folder.

Answer: C

56. Can a Domain and Workgroup have the same name?

A. Yes

B. No

C. Depends on the configuration

Answer: A

57. Your network's dialup server is configured to support certificate authentication. A user named Tom wants to use smart card authentication on his Windows 2000 Professional Portable computer. Tom's computer has a PC Card smart card reader and the appropriate drivers installed. You give Tom a smart card to use.

What else should you do to enable smart card authentication on Tom's computer?

A. Configure a dial-up connection to use EAP, select the smart card device for authentication.

B. Configure a dial-up connection to use PPTP, select the smart card device for authentication.

C. Configure a dial-up connection to use certificate authentication, enable the user credentials for authentication.

D. Configure a Dial-up connection to connect to a private network through the Internet and enable L2TP to create a VPN.

Answer: A

58. You want to upgrade 40 computers from Windows 95 to Windows 2000 Professional. Most of the computers in the company use the same hardware. However, several different peripheral devices are used throughout the company. You have to verifiy that the hardware used is compatible with Windows 2000 Professional. You want to accomplish this with the least amount of administrative effort.

What should you do?

A. Create several different computer configurations. Install Windows 2000 Professional and enable driver signing.

B. Create a bootable floppy disk that contains and automatically runs "winnt32.exe/checkupgradeonlyQ". Send the floppy disk to each user.

C. Copy the contents of the Windows 2000 Professional CD-ROM to a network share. Modify your network logon scripts to run Winnt32.exe/Unattend:ReportOnly.

D. Use setup Manager to create a Setup.inf file. Add the entry ReportOnly=Yes to the [Win9xUpgrade] section of the answer file. Run Winnt32.exe/Unattend:Setup.inf on all the different computer configurations.

Answer: D

59. You are the network administrator of your company's network. As your company grows you decide to delegate some of your responsibilities to others in your company. You configure a snap-in for a user in the graphics department to help with Active Directory and Computer Management. You DO NOT want the user to add additional snap-ins or change the snap-in configuration. How should you configure the console mode?

A. User mode, Full Access

B. User mode, Delegated access, Multiple Windows

C. User mode, Delegated access, Single Windows

D. Author mode, Full Access

E. Author Mode, Delegated Access, Multiple Windows

F. Author Mode, Delegated Access, Single Windows

Answer: C

60. Dave has a drive formatted as FAT32 with 1kb clustering. He has 84000 files averaging 850bytes each. The drive starts to go slow after defragmenting.

What should you do to fix it?

A. Format his drive as a FAT32 with 4kb clustering

B. Format his drive as a NTFS with 512 bytes clustering

C. Format his drive as a NTFS with 4kb clustering

D. Format his drive as a FAT32 with 512 bytes clustering

Answer: A

61. Which of the following operating systems can be upgraded to Windows 2000 Professional? all systems meet the minimum hardware requirements for the upgrade.

Choose all that apply.

A. Windows NT Workstation 3.5

B. Windows NT Workstation 3.51

C. Windows NT Workstation 4.0

D. Windows 95

E. Windows 98

F. Windows 3.11

Answer: B,C,D,E

62. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 network. You use a user account named Userl to log on to a Windows 2000 Professional computer. The Computer is used by different students in a classroom. User does not have administrative rights. However, you prefer to use this account for most of your daily activities, because it is not a security breach if you fail to log off. You want to schedule a task to run a command file named AddUsers.cmd that automatically adds six more student user accounts. What should you do?

A. Schedule the task to run under an Administrative account.

B. Log on by using the local Administrator account. Then schedule the task to run under Userl.

C. Take ownership of Addusers.cmd. Then schedule the task to run under Userl.

D. Grant Userl Read & Execute permission for AddUsers.cmd. Then schedule the task to run under Userl.

Answer: A

63. You are the administrator of your company's network. You install 220 new Windows 2000 Professional computers in the Sales department. Two weeks later users report that five of the computers have stopped responding. You troubleshoot the five computers and then find that the users have attached USB devices and have installed device drivers that are not supported by Windows 2000 Professional. You want to ensure that it does not happen again.

You decide to configure the computer to install device drivers only for the devices that are included on the current hardware compatibility list (HCL).

What should you do?

A. Use NTFS permission to restrict users access to the /WinNT/driver cache folder.

B. Use NTFS permission to restrict users access to the/WinNT/system32/drivers folder.

C. Configure Windows 2000 Professional to enable driver signing verification.

D. Configure Windows 2000 Professional to trust the Microsoft certificate authority (CA).

Answer: C

64. What protocol is used to access files on a Windows 2000 Server from across the network?

A. NCP

B. CIFS

C. IPX

D. IP

Answer: B

65. You are the network administrator at a software development company. Currently all developers are running Windows 98. The company wants to also run Windows 2000 Professional. Programmers need to code in both a Windows 98 environment and a Windows 2000 environment. What file system should you install to optimize the availability of code for both environments ?

A. FAT16

B. FAT32

C. NTFS

D. HPFS

Answer: B

66. You upgrade your computer from Windows NT Workstation 4.0 to Windows 2000 Professional. Your computer is a member of the justtogs.com domain. Prior to the upgrade, your computer was configured to have a System Policy setting that required at least 12 alphanumeric characters for the password. After the upgrade your computer will not enforce the local Security Policy setting.

What should you do?

A. Use secedit.exe to refresh the Security Policy.

B. Use the local Computer Policy to configure a local Security Policy.

C. Use Security Configuration and Analysis to export the security file as a .pol file.

D. Use Computer Management to reconfigure the local Security Policy setting.

Answer: B

67. You are the administrator of your company's network. The network is configured as shown in the exhibit.

(Exhibit)

You want to install Windows 2000 Professional on 20 new PXE-compliant computers on the Marketing segment of your network. The new computers do not have operating systems installed.

You create a RIS image. You load the image onto the RIS server. You then start the new computers.

You find that the new computers cannot connect to the RIS server. You verify that existing client computers on the network can connect to network servers, including the RIS server. You want to enable the new computers to connect to the RIS server.

Which of the following should you add to the network?

A. Windows 2000 WINS Server.

B. Windows 2000 DHCP Server.

C. Windows 2000 Active Directory.

D. Windows 2000 Global Catalogue.

Answer: B

68. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 network. The network includes 75 Windows NT Workstation 4.0 computers. You are adding 50 new PXE-compliant computers to your network. The hardware on each computer is configured identically. You are using a RIS image to deploy Windows 2000 Professional to the new computers. You successfully deploy Windows 2000 Professional on the first ten computers, but cannot install it on the remaining 40 computers.

What should you do?

A. Configure the DHCP scope to add additional IP addresses.

B. Run RBFG from the remote install and admin folder on the RIS server

C. Modify the start up sequence in the CMOS of the remaining computer

D. Add computer accounts on the remaining computers in the active directory

Answer: A

69. You are preparing to install Windows 2000 Professional on 100 MPS-compliant computers. Each computer has two 550-MHz processors. The computers are configured identically. You want to use one of the computers as a reference computer for deploying Windows 2000 Professional to the remaining Computers.

You install Windows 2000 Professional on the reference computer. You view Device Manager and notice that the drivers for the second processor are not installed. You want to add support for the second processor on the remaining 99 computers. You want to accomplish this with the least amount of administrative effort.

What should you do?

A. Use Setup Manager to configure the reference computer, and then create a disk image.

B. Use the System Preparation Tool with the -pnp parameter to set up the reference disk, and then create a disk image.

C. Use Device Manager to add the appropriate hardware abstraction layer (HAL) to the reference computer to support the second processor, and then create a disk image.

D. After imaging the reference computer, restart the reference computer in safe mode and add the driver for the second processor.

Answer: C

70. You are using a dialup connection. You want to insure that your password is encrypted. What protocols from the list below would you DISABLE?

A. PAP

B. SPAP

C. MSCHAP

D. MSChAP V2

E. For MS based CHAP Protocols

Answer: A

71. You are an administrator that has just received in 100 PC's with Windows 98 on them. They also have Dual 500Mhz processors on them. You decide that you want to upgrade them all up to Windows 2000 Professional. After running set up on a machine, you realize that only one of the processors is being seen by the OS. What do you do next?

A. Run sysprep.exe update the machines after deployment

B. Run sysprep.exe with -pnp option

C. On the test machine, use device manager to update the system to recognize the second processor. Then run sysprep.ex.

D. During start press F8 and install MPS compliant driver for the second processor.

E. Use device manager to install ACPI compliant driver for the second processor

Answer: C

72. As the administrator of your company's network you are asked to upgrade several Windows NT 4.0 computers to Windows 2000 Professional. All user settings and application settings must be preserved. Most applications currently running are compatible with Windows 2000 and all the Windows NT 4.0 computers meet the minimum hardware requirements. After you upgrade several computers to Windows 2000 Professional, you find that some applications did not upgrade properly. What utilities and/or applications should be disabled (or removed) before upgrading?

A. Custom printer third-party software

B. APM and Anti-virus software

C. All Non-Microsoft Products

D. All 32-bit applications

E. Third-party video drivers

Answer: B

73. An administrator needs to allocate additional disk space on a Windows 2000 professioanl computer. Disk space is low and additional applications must be installed. Due to time constraints the administrator elects to add an additional hard disk instead of replacing the current one and reinstalling all the currently installed applications. The computer has two dynamic hard drives. How can the administrator extend the existing volume with the space of a newly added hard drive?

A. Configure a Simple volume

B. Configure a Spanned volume

C. Configure a Striped volume

D. Configure a Striped volume with parity

E. By using NTFS version 5

Answer: B

74. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 network that has 1500 Windows 2000 Professional computers. Microsoft Office 2000 was assigned to all the PC's on the network by using a Group Policy Object (GPO).

You deploy the Office 2000 service release to all of the Windows 2000 Professional computers on the network. The service release, in addition to other software that had been assigned, fails to install on only one of the computers.

What should you do?

A. Redeploy the service release by using a ZAP file.

B. Redeploy the service release by using an MST file.

C. Restart Windows Installer on the domain controller.

D. Restart Windows Installer on the computer that failed to install the service release.

Answer: D

75. You are using Windows installer to deploy an application to 750 Windows 2000 Professional computers on your network. The network includes an organizational unit (OU) named Sales. A Group Policy Object (GPO) is created for the Sales OU.

The software deployment of the application is unsuccessful. During the deployment, some users in the Sales OU report that the installation is aborting with random errors midway through the installation process. The remaining users in the Sales OU report that the software is installing, but is giving them general protection fault errors.

What should you do?

A. Repackage and redeploy the application's .msi file to the Sales OU.

B. Repackage and redeploy the application's .mst file to the Sales OU.

C. Re-deploy the application by using the Group Policy object (GPO for the Sales OU.

D. Restart Windows Installer on all computers in the Sales OU. Then re-deploy the application's .zap file to the sales OU.

Answer: A

76. On a Windows 2000 Professional system you set up a scheduled task to run. It does not run when expected. You log in and run the task, it works. What should you do to insure that it works in the future?

A. Schedule the task to run in the same security context as yours

B. Schedule the task to be logged on as an administrator

C. Delete the task and start over

Answer: A

77. Which command in Recovery console will allow you to disable a service?

A. Disable

B. stop

C. exit

D. Sstop

E. Fixboot

F. Fixmbr

Answer: A

78. You are using a laptop with Windows 2000 Professional while underway, with a smart card installed to dial in to your RAS server, You want to connect to you RAS server. What settings will you need enabled? (choose all that apply)

A. EAP

B. PAP

C. SPAP

D. MSCHAP

E. MSCHAP V2

F. For MS based CHAP Protocols

G. After Login automatic save password

Answer: A

79. You install Windows 2000 Professional on your portable computer. Your computer has a built-in 10MB Ethernet adapter. You then install a 100MB Ethernet PC card adapter.

When the installation is complete, the 10MB Ethernet PC card adapter is not functioning. Device Manager shows that the 10MB Ethernet adapter and the 100MB Ethernet PC card adapter are conflicting with each other.

You want to use only the 100MB Ethernet PC card adapter . What should you do?

A. Remove the 100MB Ethernet adapter driver by using Device Manager.

B. Remove the drivers for both Ethernet adapters cards by using Device Manager.

C. Install the 100MB Ethernet adapter in different PC card slot.

D. Disable the device driver for the 10Mb Ethernet adapter by using Device Manager .

Answer: D

80. You are the administrator of your company’s network. You install Windows 2000 Professional on 10 computers in the graphics department. The 10 computers have built in USB controllers. You physically install a USB tablet pointing device on each computer. You install the 32MB manufacturer tablets software on each computer. A tablet icon appears in the central panel to configure the device but the device does not work.

You want USB tablets to work on 10 computers.

What should you do?

A. Enable the USB ports in the BIOS and reinstall the USB tablet device drivers.

B. Enable the USB root hub controller and reinstall the USB tablet device driver.

C. Disable the USB error detection for the USB root hub controller and enable USB tablet device in hardware profile.

D. Reinstall the USB device drivers and disable the USB error detection.

Answer: A

81. You have an employee named Mark leaving your company. A new employee named Eric will replace him. Mark has a local user account on a Windows 2000 Professional computer, with rights and permissions to multiple files and folders on the computer.

You want Eric to have the same rights and permissions that Mark has. You also want to ensure that Mark no longer has access to the files and folders on the computer. You want to accomplish this with the least amount of effort.

What should you do?

A. Rename Mark's user account to Eric and change the account password.

B. Create a new account and link it to the previous users account.

C. Delete the account and create a new one

D. Add a new user account to all the groups that the previous employee was added

Answer: A

82. You have ten computers in your organization that are not connected to the internet. The company breaks down and purchases a 56K modem to connect to the Internet. You implement Internet connectivity sharing. Now you can't see any of the other computers on your network. What do you do?

A. Use IPCONFIG to release and to renew the TCP/IP settings

B. Disable Internet Connection Sharing (ICN)

C. Disable dial on demand.

D. Configure a DHCP server

E. Install a second modem. Internet connection sharing requires a minimum of 2 modems.

Answer: A

83. Kevin recently left the job. The company's Administrator moves all of his home folder files to his Manager's home folder.

The NTFS partition that contains the home folders has the Encrypting File System (EFS) enabled. When the Manager attempts to open Kevin's files, he is denied access.

What should be done so that the Manager can access those files with least administrative burden?

A. Grant the Manager NTFS Full Control permission to the files.

B. Grant the Manager the NTFS Take Ownership permission to the files.

C. Logon to the network as a Recovery Agent. Decrypt the files for the Manager.

D. Logon to the network as a member of Backup Operators group. Decrypt the files for the Manager.

Answer: C

84. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 network. You purchase 25 new portable computers that have a preinstalled version of Windows 98. You upgrade the 25 new computers to Windows 2000 Professional. You want to remove the Logoff Option from the Start menu on the 25 new Computers.

Which two methods can you use to accomplish your goal? (Choose two)

A. On the Advanced tab of the Taskbar & Start Menu dialog box, clear the Display Logoff option.

B. On the Advanced tab of the Taskbar & Start Menu dialog box, clear the Administrative Tools Option.

C. On the General tab of the Taskbar & Start Menu dialog box, clear the Personalized Menus option. Log off and then log on to the Computers.

D. Use a Local Computer Policy that will not include the Logoff option on the Start menu.

E. Use the User Profiles tab within the properties of My Computer to change the profile from a local profile to a roaming user profile.

Answer: A,D

85. Your Windows 2000 Professional computer has a single Pentium II 400MHz processor, 64MB of RAM, and an E-IDE hard disk. You use your computer to design graphic ads for websites and newspapers.

When you are working on multiple ads simultaneously, your computer responds very slowly. You also experience long delays when loading color palettes and importing graphics.

You use system monitor to view your system performance as shown in the exhibit.

You want to improve the performance of your computer.

What should you do?

A. Increase the physical RAM in the computer to 128MB..

B. Increase the Processor priority level for your development application.

C. Add a second Pentium II 400MHz processor.

D. Upgrade the hard disk to SCSI.

Answer: C

86. You create a shortcut to a folder named Projects on a network share. You want to make the shortcut to the Projects folder available when you are not connected to the network. You attempt to configure the shortcut to be available offline. However, you do not see any option to do that.

What should you do ?

A. Use Windows Explorer to enable caching for the Projects folder.

B. Use Windows Explorer to configure the Projects folder on the network share to be available for offline access.

C. Connect to the network before trying to make the shortcut available offline.

D. Create shortcuts to each file in the Projects folder and make the shortcuts to the files available offline.

Answer: A

87. You have stored confidential financial data in a shared folder named AccSecured on your Windows 2000 Professional computer. Your company hires an intern named Richard. You create a subfolder named intern, which Richard needs to access. You want to allow Richard access to the intern subfolder only.

You create a user account named intern. You want to allow the intern user account the ability to update, create, and delete files within the intern folder. You need to prevent Richard from accessing any other files or folders within the AccSecured folder.

What should you do? (Choose all that apply)

A. Map a network drive to the AccSecuredintern folder from Richard’s computer.

B. Map a network drive to the AccSecured shared folder from Richard’s computer.

C. Allow the intern user account modify permissions on the intern subfolder.

D. Allow the intern user account traverse folder/execute file permission on the AccSecured folder.

E. Allow the intern user account list folder content permission on the AccSecured folder. Remove read extended attributes and read permissions.

Answer: C,D

88. You install a 16-bit ISA sound card onto your Windows 2000 Professional system. You install the manufacturer's device driver for the sound card and restart the computer. During startup, the computer stops loading Windows 2000 Professional. You restart the computer, and it does the same. You start the computer in safe mode.

What should you do next?

A. Remove the sound card device driver by enabling Driver Signing.

B. Remove the sound card device driver by disabling Driver Signing.

C. Disable the sound card device driver by using the disable command.

D. Disable the sound card device driver bu using Computer Management.

Answer: D

89. You are upgrading a computer from Windows 98 to Windows 2000 Professional. The computer is a 400 MHz PentiumIII with 128 MB of RAM and a 10-GB hard disk. You are performing the installation using the Windows 2000 Professional CD-ROM.

After the text mode installation portion is complete, you restart the computer. The BIOS virus checker on your computer indicates that your computer is infected with a Master Boot Record virus.

What should you do before you continue the installation?

A. Remove the virus checker in Windows 98

B. Disable the BIOS virus checker and restart the computer

C. Run FIXMBR.exe from the Windows 2000 Professional CD-ROM

D. Modify the Boot.ini to include a signature parameter on the ARC path of the system partition.

Answer: B

90. On a Windows 2000 Professional system you set up a scheduled task to run. It does not run when expected. You log in and run the task, it works. What should you do to insure that it works in the future?

A. Schedule the task to run in the same security context as you

B. Schedule the task to be logged on as an administrator

C. Delete the task and start over

D. Start the MSN messenger service

Answer: A

91. You want to see all the shares in use on your computer. How can you easily view this information?

A. Control PanelData Sources (OBDC)

B. Control PanelSystem ToolsShared Folders

C. Computer ManagementSystem ToolsSystem Information

D. Computer ManagementSystem ToolsShared FoldersOpen Files

E. Computer ManagementSystem ToolsShared FoldersSessions

F. Computer ManagementSystem ToolsShared FoldersShares

Answer: F

92. You want to configure your Windows NT Workstation 4.0 computer to run both Windows NT Workstation and Windows 2000 Professional. What should you do before installing Windows 2000 Professional?

A. Run check Disk in Windows NT Workstation 4.0

B. Disable disk compression in Windows NT Workstation 4.0

C. Install service Pack 4 or later in Windows NT Workstation 4.0

D. Install the DFS client in Windows NT Workstation 4.0

Answer: C

93. Bob is going on a trip with his laptop configured with Windows 2000 Professional. He is concerned that he will run out of battery life and his system will crash. He asks you to configure the power savings feature so that when he is not using his laptop, it will save his work and power down.

You go into APM options. What should you do next?

A. Set the system to hibernation mode to 15 minutes

B. Set the system to snooze mode after 15 minutes.

C. Max Battery

D. Presentation

E. Minimal Power Management

Answer: A

94. Your network consists of both Windows 95/98 and Windows NT 4.0 desktops. You want to take advantage of the centralized administration and resource location capabilities of Windows 2000 Active Directory domains.

As a result, you implement a Windows 2000 Active Directory domain with 2 Windows 2000 Domain Controllers.

You also upgrade all of the Windows NT 4.0 desktops to Windows 2000 Professional. For some older applications that will not run on Windows 2000 Professional, you retain a small percentage of the Windows95/98 desktops.

Users of the Windows 95/98 computers claim they are unable to locate resources in the Active Directory database. None of the Windows 2000 Professional users experience this problem.

What is causing the problem?

A. The hardware configured on the Windows 95/98 desktops are incompatible with Windows 2000.

B. Only Distributed File System support is allowed for Windows 95/98 desktops that participate in a Windows 2000 Domain environment.

C. The appropriate client software is not installed by default.

D. Windows 95/98 is not supported in running in a Windows 2000 Active Directory Domain environment.

Answer: C

95. A user named Tom reports that an application on his Windows 2000 Professional computer is running slowly. You notice Tom's computer has 64 MB of RAM and 100 MB of free disk space. What should you do to improve the performance? (Choose all that apply)

A. Add Tom to the Power user group

B. Set the total paging file to 75 % of physical memory

C. Perform a disk analysis and use the disk defragmenter if recommended

D. Use Disk cleanup to delete temporary files and unnecessary program files

E. Ensure that the Performance Options windows is optimized for background services

Answer: C,D

96. You install Windows 2000 Professional on a computer that has a non Plug and Play video Adapter. You want to configure the video adapter to use a 16 bit color and 1024x768 Resolution. The color setting is set to 16 colors, and you cannot change the setting.

The video adapter properties are shown in the (default monitor) and VGA properties dialog box in the exhibit.

What should you do?

A. Change the Adapter refresh rate to 60MHz.

B. Change the monitor drivers to WDM-compliant drivers.

C. Use List All Modes to select the Adapter default mode.

D. Install the WDM-compliant video adapter and monitor drivers.

Answer: D

97. You want to connect your Windows 2000 Professional computer to a new color laser printer. The printer is Plug and Play compliant. The printer is included on the current Hardware Compatibility List (HCL).

You are a member of the Sales organizational unit (OU). You want to share the printer with other users in the Sales OU.

You plug the printer into the LPT port on the back of the computer. You then attempt to install the 32-bit application printer software that came with the printer. During the installation, you receive an error message as shown in the exhibit.

(Exhibit)

What should you do before you share the printer with other users in the Sales OU?

A. Change the LPT port setting to enable legacy Plug and Play detection on your computer.

B. Change the LPT port setting to bidirectional in the BIOS on your computer. Then reinstall the printer software.

C. Connect the printer to another computer in the Sales OU. Then install the device drivers for the printer.

D. Obtain and install the WDM-compliant device drivers and printing software for the printer.

Answer: D

98. You are creating a dial-up connection on your Windows 2000 Professional portable computer to connect to your customer's dial-up server. You are not sure which type of server your customer is using for dial-up connections.

You want to ensure that your dial-up connection authentication is secure and that your logon information is not sent in plain text. You view the Advanced Security Settings dialog box as shown in the exhibit.

(Exhibit)

Which option or options should you disable in the Advanced Security Settings dialog box? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Unencrypted password (PAP)

B. Shiva Password Authentication Protocol (SPAP)

C. Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP)

D. Microsoft CHAP (MS-CHAP)

E. Microsoft CHAP Version 2 (MS-CHAP v2)

F. For MS-CHAP based protocols, automatically use my Windows logon name and password (and domain, if any)

Answer: A,B

99. You purchase a USB board, ISDN terminal adapter for your Windows 2000 Professional portable computer. You plug the device in to the USB port. Plug and Play fails to detect the new device. You test the device on a Windows 2000 Professional desktop computer. You find that plug and play correctly detects the device.

You want to resolve the problem so that you can use ISDN terminal adapter on your portable computer.

What should you do?

A. Use the Device Manager to enable the USB manager root hub.

B. Use the Device Manager to enable the USB host controller in the current hardware profile.

C. Contact the hardware manufacturer to obtain the upgrade for the Plug and Play BIOS.

D. Turn off the computer plug in the ISDN terminal host adapter and restart the computer.

Answer: C

100. You want to automate the installation of 20 Identical Pentium III 550 MHZ computers. You create an Answer: file (unattend.txt) and copy it to a floppy disk. You insert the bootable CD-ROM, insert the floppy disk and reboot the computer. After the installation is complete you find that most of the hardware and all the preconfigured desktop settings are missing. What went wrong?

A. The Answer: file on the floppy disk must be named Winnt.sif

B. The Answer: file on the floppy disk must be named Win2000.sif

C. The computer did not have 'El Torito No emulation' support

D. You can only automate the installation of Windows 2000 computers with RIS

E. The floppy disk was not bootable

Answer: A

test3

101. You have ten computers in your organization that are not connected to the internet. The company breaks down and purchases a 56K modem to connect to the Internet. You implement Internet connectivity sharing. Now you can't see any of the other computers on your network. What do you do?

A. Use IPCONFIG to release and to renew your TCP/IP address

B. Disable the shared connection

C. Disable dial on demand.

D. Disable data encryption in the new dial up connection.

Answer: A

102. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 Professional computer. You schedule a task to run after 15 minutes. After an hour, the task has still not run. You check the Event Viewer system log. It contains the error message:

"The Task Scheduler service failed to start due to the following error - Logon Failure".

You want to run the scheduled task again. What should you do before restarting the Task Scheduler?

A. Set the Task Scheduler service to log on using a Local System account.

B. Set the Task Scheduler service to interact with the desktop.

C. Restart the remote procedure serviced called RPC service.

D. Log off then on using an account in the Power Users group.

Answer: A

103. You are the administrator of your company's network. You install Windows 2000 Professional on a computer named Client2.

(See the Exhibit)

You attempt to connect to a Web server on the Internet. You cannot connect using the Web server's URL, but you can connect using it's TCP/IP address.

You want to enable Client2 to connect to Web servers by using URL's.

What should you do?

A. Configure your computer to use ServerA as a Proxy server.

B. Configure your computer to use ServerA as a WINS server.

C. Configure your computer to use ServerB as a DNS server.

D. Configure your computer to use ServerB as a default gateway.

Answer: C

104. Sandy has a Windows 2000 Professional system. Today she is visiting another department, and is using a Windows NT 4.0 system. She wants to print a document but is missing her printer. You want her to be able to print from any computer she logs in at. What can you do to insure that she has this ability?

A. Configure the server properties of printer system folder to connect to the shared printer

B. Install a print driver for the print device on the Windows NT workstation computer.

C. Create a roaming user profile for Sandy

D. Upgrade the Windows NT 4 computer to a Windows 2000 Professional computer and then import the file settings for Sandy's user account.

Answer: C

105. You are configuring a roaming user profile for a user named Paul. You create a user account named Paul on a Windows 2000 Server computer. You define a network profile directory path named Server1Profiles%Username% in Paul's user account settings.

When Paul logs onto the Windows 2000 Professional computer, he receives the error message, "Windows cannot locate your roaming profile and is attempting to log you on with your local profile. Changes to the profile will not be propagated to the server. Detail - network name cannot be found".

You want to configure a roaming user profile for Paul. What should you do?

A. Change the %Username% variable to Paul.

B. Create a home folder for Paul.

C. Map a drive to the network profile directory.

D. Share the network profile directory.

Answer: D

106. You create a roaming user profile for a user named Art, but when he logs in, he is told that Windows cannot locate his roaming profile and that he will be logged in using local profile information. What must you do to ensure that this roaming profile is effective wherever Art logs in?

A. Create a home folder for Art.

B. Share the network profile directory.

C. Map a network drive to his network profile directory.

D. Use the %username% variable when naming his user directory.

Answer: B

107. You are an administrator that has just received in 100 PC's with Windows 98 on them. They also have Dual 500Mhz processors on them. You decide that you want to upgrade them all up to Windows 2000 Professional. After running set up on a machine you realize that only one of the processors is being seen by the OS what do you do next?

A. Run sysprep.exe update the machines after deployment

B. Run sysprep.exe with -pnp option

C. On the test machine, use device manager to update the system to recognize the second processor. Then run sysprep.exe.

D. Upgrade the Windows 2000 license to include multiprocessor support (MPS).

Answer: C

108. A smart card authentication system has been installed on your network. It will be used for remote authentication. Which protocol(s) must be used to allow smart card authentication? Choose all that apply:

A. EAP

B. IPX/SPX

C. IPSec

D. SNMP

E. L2TP

Answer: A

109. You are using Windows 2000 Professional at home with a smart card installed, you want to connect to you RAS server to pick up e-mail. What protocol will you need?

A. EAP

B. PPTP

C. IPSec

D. NETBEUI

Answer: A

110. You use Windows 2000 Professional on a desktop computer. You schedule a task to run an MMC-snap in to perform configuration tasks to another computer. You notice that task is completing incorrectly.

You manually start MMC. You add snap-in and are then able to successfully run the task. You verify that all of your other tasks are working correctly.

You want to enable your task to complete successfully. What should you do?

A. You schedule the tasks to configure the task to run under the security context of your account.

B. Configure the task scheduler service account to use the local administrator account and password.

C. Use Computer Management to start the messenger service and to configure the messenger service to start automatically.

D. Use Computer Management to start the task scheduler service and to configure the task scheduler service to start automatically.

Answer: A

111. You install a new CD-ROM. It is not working correctly. You check resources and see that it is not using "Automatic?resource settings. How do you get your CDROM to work?

A. Check 'Use Automatic Settings'

B. Update the drives

C. Use the Windows troubleshooter

D. Manually set the interrupt, I/O port, and memory address to that of the hardware manufacturers specifications.

Answer: A

112. You have two processes running on your computer--P1 and P2. You noticed that when you run both of them, P2 always times out, while when you pause/stop P1, P2 runs finE.P1 runs with "real time" priority and uses 12 threads; P2 runs with "normal priority" and uses 1 thread. What should you do?

A. Increase the number of threads for P2

B. Increase the priority for P2

C. Decrease the number of threads for P1

D. Decrease the priority for P1

Answer: D

113. You are the administrator of your company's network. A user named Andrew has limited dexterity which prevents him from using standard keyboard when completing his daily tasks. You configure Win 2000 Professional to use stickykeys and on-screen keyboard options. You save the accessibility options to a shared folder on the local hard disk of Andrew's computer.

You want to configure the same option for another user named Peter. You log on to Peter's computer using his local user account and you access the shared folder over the network from Peters computer. You select the .acw file from the shared folder to set up Peter's computer to use the accessibility options. You receive an error message as follows: "There was a problem loading the file when running the accessibility wizard "

What should you do?

A. Copy the .acw file to the c:documents and settingsdefault user folder

B. Save the accessibility options to a floppy disk and change the permissions to allow full control of the file.

C. Resave the settings for the options by using Utility Manager then copy the file to Peter's local profile folder.

D. Change the permission of the .acw file in the shared network folder to allow Read access for Peter's user account.

Answer: D

114. You use a shared Windows 2000 Professional Computer. You notice that some of your Microsoft Word documents that were on the local hard drive have been deleted. You restore the documents from a recent backup.

You want to be able to track all users who access your Word documents in the future.

What should you do? (Choose two.)

A. Enable the local Group Policy for auditing object access events that are successful.

B. Enable the local Group Policy for auditing object access events that are unsuccessful.

C. Enable the local Group Policy for auditing process tracking events that are successful.

D. Enable the local Group Policy for auditing process tracking events that are unsuccessful.

E. Use Windows 2000 Explorer to enable auditing for your files.

F. Run the diskperf-y command. Use System Monitor to examine the logical I/O counter. Restart the Computer.

Answer: A,E

115. Most of the Windows 2000 Professional clients on your network use the TCP/IP Protocol to communicate with Server. You want to increase network performance. Where do you change the binding order?

A. Windows 2000 Server >> Network >> Binding >> Server >> TCP/IP on the top.

B. Windows 2000 Professional >> Network >> Binding >> Workstation >> TCP/IP on the top.

C. Windows 2000 Professional >> Network >> Binding >> Server >> TCP/IP on the bottom.

D. Windows 2000 Server >> Network >> Binding >> Workstation >> TCP/IP on the top.

Answer: B

116. You are trying to install a plug-and-play printer. During the completion of the install, the following error pops up Plug-n-play printer error 00000007E-293 WINPRINT.DLL modules not found. What can you do?

A. Diagnose with Windows Task Manager

B. Disable Plug-and-Play printer

C. Install a WDM compliant driver

D. Run Dr Watson to diagnose the problem

Answer: C

117. Your Windows 2000 Professional computer has 10-shared folders that are available to other network users. A user reports that he cannot access a shared folder named ShareA. You want to respond to the user's problem as quickly as possible by using an administrative tool. However, you cannot remember the server location of ShareA.

What should you do?

A. Use Windows Explorer to display the file paths of your shared folders.

B. Use Storage in Computer Management to view local drive properties.

C. Use Event Viewer in Computer Management to search for shared folder error messages.

D. Use System Tools in Computer Management to display the file paths of your shared folders.

Answer: D

118. Your network consists of 10 peer-to-peer Windows 2000 Professional networked computers, one of which has Internet Connection Sharing installed. Some of the Windows 2000 Professional computers will need access to the internet. What connection option should be selected in order for the other computers to connect to the internet?

A. Accept incoming connections

B. Connect using my serial parallel, or infrared port.

C. Dial-up to private network

D. Enable Internet Connection Sharing for this Connection

E. VPN

Answer: D

119. You are administering a Windows 2000 Professional, single Pentium II 400 MHz processor computer. You need to install a new accounting application. The software manufacturer recommends that you use a dual-processor configuration.

You install a second identical processor in your computer.

You need to ensure that you will be able to install the new software.

What should you do next?

A. Update the HAL to support multiple processors.

B. In Device Manager, disable the direct Memory Access Controller.

C. Use the Add/Remove hardware wizard to detect and install the driver for the new processor.

D. Reinstall Windows 2000 Professional to support a multi-processor configuration.

Answer: A

120. You use a Windows 2000 Professional computer at home. You need to access shared files on a server named Server1.

Your company's network also includes a third party VPN server that is accessible from the Internet.

You dial into your ISP and then create a VPN connection to your company's VPN server. After the connection is successfully established, you run the Net viewserver1 command and receive the error: "the server is inaccessible or could not be found".

You need to access the shared files on Server1.

What should you do?

A. Stop and then start the TCP/IP NETBIOS Helper service on your computer.

B. Stop and then start the DNS client service on your computer.

C. Add a HOSTS entry for Server1 to your computer.

D. Add a LMHOSTS entry for Server1 to your computer.

Answer: D

121. You attach a USB camera to your Windows 2000 Professional computer. Windows 2000 Professional detects the camera and prompts you to install the manufacturer's device driver. You do it, and then you restart the computer. When Windows 2000 Professional loads, you notice that your USB keyboard does not respond. You suspect that the camera drivers are not certified for Windows 2000 Professional.

You want to configure your computer to enable your USB keyboard and to prevent uncertified drivers from being installed in the future.

What should you do?

A. Configure Windows 2000 Professional to enable driver signing.

B. Configure Windows 2000 Professional to disable driver signing.

C. Start the computer by using the Recovery Console. Restore the System State data.

D. Start the computer in safe mode. Replace the camera driver with a Windows 2000 Professional certified driver by using Device Manager.

E. Start the computer in debug mode. Replace the camera driver with a Windows 2000 Professional certified driver by using Device Manager.

Answer: A,D

122. You are the administrator of your company's network. Your network has 200 Windows 2000 Professional computers and 15 Windows 2000 Server computers. Users on the network save their work files in home folders on a network server. The NTFS partition that contains the home folders has Encrypting File System (EFS) enabled.

A user named John leaves the company. You move all of the files from John's home folder to his manager's folder. When the manager attempts to open any of the files, she receives the following error message: "Access denied."

You want the manager to be able to access the files. What should you do?

A. Grant the manager NTFS Full control permission to the files.

B. Grant the manager NTFS Take Ownership permission the files.

C. Log on to the network as a Recovery Agent. Decrypt the files for the manager.

D. Log on to the network as a member of the Backup Operators Group. Decrypt the fields for the manager.

Answer: C

123. You run the English (US) edition of Windows 2000 Professional on your computer. You are developing a product installation document that has text in both English and Spanish. The word processing program you are using is a Windows 16-bit character-based application.

You start the word processing program and complete the English Portion of the document. You then install Spanish as a language group by using Regional Options in Control Panel. However, You cannot use Spanish to complete the Spanish portion of your document.

What should you do?

A. Change the language preference from English to Spanish within the word processing Program.

B. Install the Spanish version of Windows 2000 Professional . Reconfigure your language settings, and restart the word processing program.

C. Save and close the word processing program. Select Spanish by using the locale indicator on the taskbar, and restart the word processing program.

D. Save and close the word program. Log off and log on to the computer. Restart the Word processing program, and select Spanish by using the locale indicator on the taskbar.

Answer: C

124. You are the administrator of your company's network. Your company has offices in Hong Kong, Madrid, New York, Paris, and Tokyo. A user named Carmen works in the New York office, but she often travels to the Madrid office. Carmen uses the Multilanguage version of Windows 2000 Professional on her portable Computer. She needs to able to access both an English and Spanish user interface, input locale, and keyboard layout/IME.

When Carmen is in the New York office, she logs on to the network by using the Carmen_eng user account. She is given the English user interface, input locale, and keyboard layout/IME. When she is in the Madrid office, she logs on to network by using the Carmen_span user account. She is then given the Spanish user interface, input locale, and keyboard layout/IME.

Carmen reports that when she logs on to the network by using the Carmen_eng user account, she is not allowed to add any languages to her Computer other than English (US), which is already installed. What should you do?

A. Add the Spanish keyboard layout/IME for the Carmen_eng user account profile.

B. Add the English keyboard layout/IME for the Carmen_span user account profile.

C. Reconfigure the Group Policy object for the Carmen_eng user account to allow her to change languages on her computer.

D. Reconfigure the Group Policy object for the Carmen_span user account to allow her to change languages on her Computer.

Answer: C

125. You are the administrator of your company's network. Your company is based in Russia and conducts the majority of its business in Russian. Users in your company create, view, and edit documents in English (US), French and Spanish to communicate with vendors internationally. Users run the Russian localized edition of Windows 2000 Professional

on their desktop and portable computers.

A user named Katrin wants to create a word processing document in both English and Spanish by using Notepad in Windows 2000 Professional. She requests your assistance in enabling English and Spanish on her computer.

What should you do?

A. Instruct Katrin to select the desired input locale for either English or Spanish within Notepad.

B. Instruct Katrin to select the input locale indicator on the taskbar and select either English or Spanish

C. Instruct Katrin to use Regional Options in Control Panel to add input locales and keyboard layouts/IME for both English and Spanish.

D. Create a local computer policy for Katrin's computer to include both English and Spanish.

Answer: C

126. You want to configure your Windows 2000 Professional portable computer to use offline files. The files include a large project file and some smaller personal files.

Your portable computer is configured to connect to the network by using a dial-up connection at scheduled times during the day to automatically download your e-mail messages. You do not want to synchronize the project file when you connect to the network by using your dial-up connection.

What should you do?

A. Configure the synchronization settings to perform a quick synchronization.

B. Configure the synchronization settings to ask you before synchronizing items.

C. Configure Synchronization Settings to synchronize the project file only when using the LAN connection. Set synchronization for the personal files for both the LAN connection and your dial-up connection.

D. Configure Synchronization Settings to synchronize the project file only when you log off the network. Set synchronization for the personal files for both the LAN connection and your dial-up connection for logging on and logging off.

Answer: C

127. You are the administrator of your company's Windows 2000 network. Your company has one laser printer (Printer1) that is used by both the Advertising department and the Sales department. The Advertising department is constantly printing large projects that can take several minutes to print. The Sales department prints only small fast-printing documents. The Sales department does not want to wait for the Advertising department to finish. What do you do?

A. Set the Advertising departments priority to 50 on Printer1, add another printer (Printer2). Assign Sales priority 1 and deny access from the Advertising department.

B. Set the Advertising departments priority to 50 on Printer1, add another printer (Printer2) and inform Sales to use Printer2. Assign Sales priority 99 and deny access from the Advertising department.

C. Set the Advertising departments priority to 50 on Printer1, add another printer (Printer2) and inform Advertising to use Printer2. Assign Sales priority 99 and deny access from the Advertising department.

D. Set the Advertising departments priority to 50 on Printer1, add another printer (Printer2) and inform Advertising to use Printer2. Assign Sales priority 99 and deny access from the Advertising department.

Answer: B

128. You are the administrator of your company's network. Your network has 75 Windows 2000 Professional computers and 8 Windows 2000 Server computers. Users on the network save their work files in home folders on a network server. The NTFS partition that contains the home folders has Encrypting File System (EFS) enabled. The partition also has disk quotas defined.

A user named Candy reports that she cannot save any files to her home folder. She also cannot update files in her home folder. When she attempts to save files to the folder she receives the following error message 'Insufficient disk space'. Other users are not experiencing this problem with their home folders. You want to enable Candy to save files in her home folder.

What should you do?

A. Log on to the network as a Recovery Agent. Decrypt all of Candy's files in her home folder.

B. Log on to the network by using the domain Administrator account. Grant Candy Full control permission to her home folder.

C. Use Windows Backup to archive and remove old files on the server.

D. Increase the server's disk quota entry for Candy to accommodate the additional files.

Answer: D

129. You want to connect to your company network from your Windows 2000 Professional computer at home. You have an ISDN line that is used for Internet connectivity. You create a VPN connection and are able to successfully connect to the company network.

While connected, you are unable to access the Internet.

What should you do so that you can access the Internet?

A. Configure the ISDN connection to use SLIP instead of PPP.

B. Select the Enable Internet Connection Sharing for This Connection checkbox in the ISDN connection.

C. Clear the Use Default Gateway on Remote Network checkbox.

D. Install and configure the SAP agent service.

Answer: C

130. You install an updated device driver for the Zip drive on your Windows 2000 Professional computer. You restart the computer, and the computer stops responding during the startup process. You restart in Safe Mode, and again the computer stops responding. You suspect the new device driver is causing the problem. You want to resolve the problem so that the computer starts successfully.

What should you do? (Choose three.)

A. Use the listsvc command to disable the Zip device driver.

B. Select Recovery Console from the Repair Menu.

C. Use the disable command to disable the Zip device driver.

D. Select Debug mode from the Windows 2000 Advanced Option menu.

E. Insert the Emergency Repair Disk.

F. Specify the path of the recovery file on the hard disk.

G. Start the computer using the Windows 2000 Professional CD-ROM.

Answer: B,C,G

131. You want to install Windows 2000 Professional on 45 new computers on your company's network. You first install Windows 2000 Professional on one of the new computers.

You log on to the computer by using the local Administrator account. You install MS Office 97, a virus scanner, and other company standard applications. You then create a RIS image of the computer you configured.

You want to configure the RIS image so that the standard applications will be accessible to the user when the user first logs on to the network.

What should you do?

A. Run rbfg.exe before installing the standard applications.

B. Run riprep.exe before installing the standard applications.

C. Copy the All Users profile to the Default Users profile.

D. Copy the local Administrator account profile to the Default Users profile.

Answer: D

132. You run English edition of Windows 2000 Professional on all computers in your network. As your company continues to grow, and the number of computers is continually expanding, you decide that another domain is needed. Management asks what is needed to accommodate this new domain. What do you tell them?

A. Wins DHCP and DNS

B. At least one domain controller and one DNS server

C. At least one domain controller and Active directory

D. Nothing more is needed.

E. Nothing more is needed, we can just subnet the network

Answer: C

133. You need to share a financial spreadsheet with other employees of your company. The material is of a sensitive nature and you want to prevent the ability of users to use offline caching. How do you do this?

A. Assign Special Permissions

B. Select Shared folder properties, caching, deselect "Allow Caching"

C. Select Manual Caching for Documents

D. Select Manual Caching for Programs

Answer: B

134. You are in charge of the Administration Organizational Unit (OU). The Admin OU has recently purchased 12 new Windows 2000 Professional computers with Fax Modems. Each computer has the Fax service installed with default values and settings.

A user named Helene reports that she can use Microsoft Word 2000 to send faxes, but she cannot receive any faxes. She also informs you that she cannot reconfigure the Fax service on her computer.

You want to configure the Fax service to work correctly and with the least amount of administrative effort. You logon to Helene's computer by using the local Administrator account.

What should you do next?

A. Use the Fax Service Manager to start the fax service and configure the Fax service to start automatically.

B. Use the Fax Service Manager to select the Fax Management service, and enable the device to receive faxes.

C. Use the Fax in Control Panel to reinstall the fax service and configure the fax service to receive faxes.

D. Use Fax in Control Panel to add a fax printer and configure fax print device to receive faxes.

Answer: B

135. A user copies a compressed folder from an NTFS partition on her Windows 2000 Workstation to a shared NTFS folder on a remote Windows 2000 Server. What effect will this have on the newly created folder?

A. Folder compression depends on the users Access Permission.

B. The newly created folder will be automatically uncompressed.

C. The newly created folder will inherit the compression state of the target folder.

D. The newly created folder will retain its original compression state.

Answer: C

136. Each user in your network has his or her own user directory. Jane copies a file to her user directory and receive the message "insufficient space." She finds that she cannot even add data to a file and save it. Other users have not complained of any problems. What should you do?

A. Increase the Quota Limit for Jane.

B. Defragment the hard drive

C. Confirm that NTFS compression has been enabled

D. Add Janice to the domain users group

E. Confirm that Windows NT backup is not running

Answer: A

137. You upgrade five computers in the Finance Organization (OU) from Windows NT workstation 4.0 to Windows 2000 Professional. The computers are used by members of the Finance OU to run financial applications. All 5 computers are configured to have default security settings.

A user named Helene reports that she can no longer run the financial application on her Windows 2000 Professional computer. Prior to the upgrade, Helene was able to run the financial applications on her computer. Helene is a member of the Local Users group. You want the financial applications to run on Helene's computer.

What should you do?

A. Use computer Management to configure separate memory space for each financial application on Helene's computer

B. Use Security Templates to edit the Security Policy to include the financial application on Helene's computer. Then, add Helene's user account to the Power users

group on Helene's computer.

C. Use Security configurations and Analysis to reconfigure the default security Policy.inf file to allow the financial applications to run on Helene's computer

D. Use Secedit.exe to apply the compatws.inf security template to Helene's security Policy to loosen the permissions for the Local Users Group on Helene's computer.

Answer: D

138. You install Windows 2000 Professional on your computer. Your computer has a built in 33.6kbps modem. You install a 56kbps ISA-based modem. When installation is complete, the 56kbps modem is not functioning.

Device Manager shows that the modems are conflicting with each other. You want to configure Windows 2000 Professional to use only the 56kbps modem.

See the 'select and place' exhibit.

What should you do?

A. Disable the 33.6kbps modem by using Device Manager. No action required on 56kbps modem.

B. Disable the 56kbps modem. No action required on 33.6kbps modem.

C. Install 56kbps modem in a different slot. No action required on 33.6kbps modem.

D. Install 33.6kbps modem in a different slot. No action required on 56kbps modem.

Answer: A

139. A user wants to update his Windows 2000 Professional computer so that he can view graphics at a higher resolution. The user downloads a video card driver from the Internet and asks for your assistance in installing it. You are unsure of the source of the driver.

You want to ensure the user does not lose production time because of an incompatible driver. What should you do?

A. Install the driver in the computer. Save after installing the driver. Restart the computer, then use the last known good configuration to recover the original driver.

B. Install the driver in the computer. Save after installing the driver, use hardware troubleshooter then use Recovery Console to recover the original driver.

C. Display the advance attributes a parallel works for video card driver file. Install the file, if the contents have been secured.

D. Run file signature verification survey to verify that the driver has a digital signature. Do not install otherwise.

Answer: D

140. You are the administrator of your company's network. You have a shared printer (HPLaserJet1) on Computer1. Computer2 also has an identical shared printer (HPLaserJet2). The printer on Computer1 fails. Users have sent jobs to Computer1 and the jobs are waiting to be printed. How can you print these documents without having the users resubmit the print jobs?

A. Configure the Redirector service to point Computer1HPLaserJet1 to Computer2HPLaserJet2.

B. Stop and Restart the printer service, the failed printer will become disabled and the working printer will take its place.

C. Create a second printer port on computer1. Assign the UNC-Name Computer2HPLaserJet2 to the second port.

D. Create a second printer port on computer2. Assign the UNC-Name Computer1HPLaserJet1 to the second port.

E. Select "Resume Print Job" from the printer´s properties. The next available printer will print the print jobs.

Answer: C

141. You install a new AGP video adapter in your Windows 2000 Professional Computer. You start the computer and notice that the video display has retained the default setting of 16 color 640x480 resolution.

You install the manufacturer’s drivers for the new video adapter. You then restart the computer. During the setup process the monitor goes blank. After several minutes the screen is still black. You restart the computer and experience the same problem again. You want to enable Windows 2000 Professional to start successfully.

What should you do?

A. Start the computer by using the Emergency Repair Disk. Restore the original adapter driver settings.

B. Start the computer in the debug mode. Restore the original adapter driver settings.

C. Start the computer in Safe mode. Remove the AGP device by using device manager.

D. Start the computer by using the recovery console. Rename the AGP driver.

Answer: D

142. You run the English (US) Edition of Windows 2000 Professional on all Computers in your network. As your company continues to grow and the number of computers is continually expanding, you decide that another domain is needed. Management asks, what is needed to accommodate this new domain. What do you tell them?

A. At least one domain controller and Active Directory.

B. At least one domain controller and one DNS-Server.

C. Nothing more is needed, we can just subnet the network.

D. WINS, DHCP and DNS.

Answer: A

143. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 Professional computer. A user named Maria assists you in performing some administrative tasks. Maria is a member of the local Administrators group.

Users report that Maria has been viewing and changing their files. You want Maria to be able to perform backups, install programs and manage printers, but not to view or change other users' files for which permission has not been granted.

You want to set up Maria's account to have minimal rights and permissions. You want to accomplish this with the least amount of effort.

What should you do?

A. Leave Maria in the local Administrators group. Limit her rights by using Local Policies.

B. Leave Maria in the local Administrators group. Change the NTFS permissions of other users' files to deny Maria access.

C. Remove Maria from the local Administrators group. Add her to both the Power Users group and the Backup Operators group.

D. Remove Maria from the local Administrators group. Add her to the Power Users group. Grant her NTFS Read permission on the files to be backed up.

Answer: C

144. You install a ZIP drive into a Windows 2000 system. You install the drivers. On reboot the system locks. You can't get in, and even safe mode doesn't work. How do you unload the driver to get back in to Windows 2000 Professional? (Choose three)

A. Go into device manager and remove Zip drive.

B. From a command prompt run LISTSVC to disable the zip driver

C. From a command prompt run DISABLE to disable the zip driver

D. Select recovery console from the repair

E. Start the PC from CD-ROM

Answer: C,D,E

145. Windows NT 4.0 is currently on the system you are using, and you want to install Windows 2000 Professional. Windows NT 4.0 is currently on an NFTS partition. You have decided that you are not going to upgrade. Rather, you are going to run a dual boot configuration. How can you do this?

A. It cannot be done.

B. Install Windows 2000 onto a separate partition than Windows NT 4.0

C. Upgrade Windows NT 4.0 to SP4 (Service Pack 4)

D. Run upgrade.exe instead of WINNT.exe

Answer: C

146. You have just added three new hard disks to your Windows 2000 Professional computer. You want to configure all of the disks as two drives. You want the two drives to be as equal in size as possible. You want to configure the non-system drive for the best optimal performance.

What should you do?

A. Extend the system volume onto disk1. Create a single, stripe volume from disk2 and disk3.

B. Extend the system volume onto disk2. Create a single, stripe volume from disk1 and disk2.

C. Extend the system volume onto disk1. Create a single, spanned volume from disk2 and disk3.

D. Extend the system volume onto disk1. Create a single, spanned volume from disk1 and disk2.

E. Create a single, stripe volume from disk1, disk2, and disk3.

F. Create a single spanned volume from disk1, disk2, and disk3.

Answer: A

147. You want to configure your Windows 2000 Professional computer to remotely access your company's Windows 2000 Routing and Remote Access server. You configure a VPN connection. For security purposes, you configure the VPN connection to use MS-CHAP v2 only and to require encryption. You also configure TCP/IP to obtain an IP address automatically, to enable IPsec, and to set IPsec to secure server.

When you try to connect, you receive the following error message: "The encryption attempt failed because no valid certificate was found".

What should you do to be able to connect to the server?

A. Enable the VPN connection to use MS-CHAP.

B. Change the Data Encryption setting to Optional Encryption.

C. Specify a TCP/IP address in the Network properties.

D. Change the IPsec policy setting to Client.

Answer: D

148. You are the network administrator of a small 20-user network. Management has decided to upgrade all computers to Windows 2000. After closer examination, you realize that only half of the network interface cards are Net PC compliant. You decide to create Windows 2000 remote boot floppies. What executable is used for creating RIS boot disks for non-pxe compliant clients?

A. Run Rbfg.exe to create a Non-pxe-compliant startup disk.

B. Run Riprep.exe to create a non-pxe complaint startup disk.

C. Grant the everyone group NTFS Read permission for the RIS image.

D. Grant the Administrators group NTFS Read permission for the RIS image.

Answer: A

149. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 domain. You deploy a graphics software application to users in the GRAPHICS OU. You want create a custom installation for three users in the GRAPHICS OU named Carlos, Carmen and Maria. You want these three users to be able to access additional text, filters and other graphics options for the software.

What should you do?

A. Create the Graphic Users OU in the domain. Add a custom msi file to the Graphics OU.

B. Create the Graphic Users OU in the domain. Add a custom mst file to the Graphics OU.

C. Create the Advanced Software OU within the Graphics OU and add Carlos, Carmen and Maria. Create an msi file, include changes, and apply the modifications to the Advanced Software OU.

D. Create the Advanced Software OU within the Graphics OU and add Carlos, Carmen and Maria. Create an mst file, include changes, and apply the modifications to the Advanced Software OU.

Answer: D

150. You are the administrator of your company’s network. Your network consists of 20 Windows 2000 Professional computers. You want to configure all of the computers to allow access to the Internet.

Your Budget does not allow for installing a permanent Internet connection for the network. You do have a single dial-up account at a local Internet service provider (ISP) and a 56-Kbps modem. You want the computer to be able to access the Internet when web resources are requested.

What should you do? (Choose all that apply)

A. Configure the shared modem to use software handshaking.

B. Configure the dialup connection to enable On-Demand dialing.

C. Configure the dialup connection to enable Internet Connection Sharing.

D. Configure all other computers to have a dialup connection that uses the shared modem.

E. Attach the modem to one of the Windows 2000 Professional computers and create a dialup connection to the ISP.

F. Attach the modem to one of the Windows 2000 Professional computers and share the modem with the network.

Answer: B,C,E

test4

151. You have some compressed bitmap files in a directory of your Windows 2000 Professional computer. The file compression has reduced their size from 2 MB to 1 MB. You attempt to copy them to a floppy disk, but an error reports that the destination drive is full. How can you copy the bitmap files to a 1.44 MB floppy disk?

A. Move, rather than copy, the compressed bitmap file to the floppy disk.

B. Reformat the floppy disk. Then copy the compressed bitmap file to the floppy disk.

C. Use another program to compress the bitmap file before copying it to the floppy disk.

D. Copy an empty compressed folder to the floppy disk. Then copy the compressed bitmap file to the folder on the floppy disk.

Answer: C

152. You need to enhance performance of foreground and background applications. How can you configure w** to process both foreground and background applications at the same priority?

A. By selecting the applications options in the performance options dialogue box.

B. By selecting the application services option in the performance options dialogue box.

C. By selecting the background option in the performance options dialogue box

D. By selecting the background services option in the performance options dialogue box.

Answer: D

153. You receive a support call from a user complaining that every time she sends a print job to a printer, she receives a confirmation message telling her that the print job has been completed. She asks you how you can stop it, what do you tell her?

A. It cannot be stopped

B. Stop the Alerter service under services in the control panel

C. At the command line prompt type ' net stop messenger service'

D. at the command line prompt type 'ping messenger service'

E. Uncheck the box located on the ports tab in printer properties that says 'Enable bi-directional support'.

Answer: C

154. You need to install Windows 2000 Professional on a new computer in your network. You use the setup manager wizard to configure a fully automated installation script file. You begin an unattended installation and leave the office.

When you return, the installation has reached the GUI-mode setup and you see the following error message “Unattended setup is unable to continue because a setup parameter specified by your system administrator or computer manufacturer is missing or invalid.”

You need to complete the installation. What must you do?

A. In the unattended section of the answer file, set the OemPreinstall property to Yes.

B. In the NetBinding section of the answer file, specify the enable variable.

C. In the UserData section of the answer file, specify the ProductID variable

D. In the GUIUnattended section of the answer file set the OemSkipWelcome property to 1.

Answer: C

155. You are using a dialup connection. You want to insure that your password is encrypted. What protocols from the list below would you disable?

A. PAP

B. SPAP

C. MSCHAP

D. MSCHAP V2

E. For MS based CHAP Protocols

F. CHAP

Answer: A

156. You are the administrator of your company's network. You install 20 new Windows 2000 Professional computers in the art department. Two weeks later, users report that five of the computers have stopped responding.

You troubleshoot the five computers. You find that users have attached USB devices and have installed device drivers that are not supported by Windows 2000 Professional.

You want to ensure that this does not happen again. You decide to configure the computers to install device drivers only for devices that are included on the current Hardware Compatibility List (HCL). You want to use the Driver Signing Options dialog box as shown in the exhibit.

(Exhibit)

Which option or options should you enable in the Driver Signing Options dialog box? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Ignore - Install all files, regardless of file signature

B. Warn - Display a message before installing an unsigned file

C. Block - Prevent installation of unsigned files

D. Apply setting as system default

Answer: C,D

157. You encrypt three files to ensure the security of the files. You want to make a backup copy of the three files and maintain their security settings. You have the option of backing up to either the network or a floppy disk. What should you do?

A. Copy the files to a network share on an NTFS volume. Do nothing further

B. Copy the files to a network share on a FAT32 volume. Do nothing further

C. Copy the files to a floppy disk that has been formatted by using Windows 2000 Professional. Do nothing further

D. Place the files in an encrypted folder. Then copy the folder to a floppy disk

Answer: A

158. Your Windows 2000 Professional computer contains a single hard disk configured as a single partition. You want to move a folder named Sales under a folder named Corp.

You want the Sales folder files to remain compressed after moving the folder. You want the Corp folder files to remain uncompressed. You want to ensure that the files are recoverable in case of disk problems.

How do you move the files with the least amount of administrative effort?

A. Copy the Sales folder to the Corp folder.

B. Backup the Sales folder. Move the Sales folder to Corp folder.

C. Compress the Corp folder. Copy the Sales folder to the Corp folder.

D. Move the Sales folder to a second computer. Move the Sales folder to Corp folder.

Answer: B

159. You install a SCSI adapter and a SCSI tape drive on your Windows 2000 Professional computer. Windows 2000 Professional detects and installs drivers for the new SCSI devices. Later that day, you restart the computer. During the startup process, the computer stops loading Windows 2000 Professional. You then restart the computer, and it stops again.

What should you do to enable your Windows 2000 Professional computer to start successfully?

A. Start the computer in Safe mode. Enable driver signing.

B. Start the computer in Safe mode. Use Device Manager to remove the SCSI tape device.

C. Start the computer using the Recovery Console. Repair the Master Boot Record by using the fixmbr command.

D. Start the computer using the Recovery Console. Disable the SCSI adapter device driver by using the disable command.

Answer: D

160. You are configuring five computers to use both Windows NT Workstation 4.0 and Windows 2000 Professional. Each computer has a 8-GB hard disk.

You configure the hard disk on each computer to have a two 4-GB partitions. Windows NT Workstation is installed on drive C, and Windows 2000 Professional is installed on drive D.

In Windows 2000 Professional, you configure a disk quota on drive D to prevent users from saving files on the disk. You restart the computers and load Windows NT Workstation. You notice that users can still save files to drive D.

You want to prevent users from saving files to drive D in either operating system. You also want to ensure that users can access both drives from either operating system.

What should you do on each computer?

A. Use Windows 2000 Professional to configure drive D as a dynamic partition.

B. Use Windows 2000 Professional to enable Encrypting File System (EFS) on drive D.

C. Use Windows NT Workstation to configure NTFS permissions on drive D to deny users Write permission.

D. Reinstall Windows NT Workstation after configuring the disk quotas.

Answer: C

161. You are trying to copy big files from a UNIX server to Windows 2000 computer (running TCP/IP). You do the copy in explorer. The files are 100 MB each, and you need to copy 20 of them. The copying always aborts. What should you do to resolve the problem?

A. Install network monitor agent, use performance console and review all counters for TCP/IP.

B. Install network monitor agent, use performance console and review Fragmented Datagrams/Sec.

C. Install SNMP and monitor TCP/IP counters.

D. Install simple TCP/IP protocol and monitor Fragmented Data

Answer: C

162. Your network consists of one Windows NT Server 4.0 domain and 35 Windows 2000 Professional computers. The network consists of five interconnected TCP/IP subnets. All computers use TCP/IP as the only network protocol.

You are adding 15 Windows 2000 Professional computers to the network. You want to enable them to resolve NETBIOS names to TCP/IP addresses.

What should you do?

A. Install a DHCP server. Configure each computer to use DHCP.

B. Install a WINS server. Configure each computer to use WINS.

C. Create a Lmhosts.sam file on each computer. Add an entry containing the TCP/IP address and NETBIOS name for each computer on the network.

D. Create a Hosts.sam file on each computer. Add an entry containing the TCP/IP address and NETBIOS name for each computer on the network.

Answer: B

163. You are the administrator of the Coho Vineyard network. The network consists of 10 Windows 2000 Advanced Server computers and 250 Windows 2000 Professional computers. Your company has two domains: cohovineyard.com and westcoastsales.com.

The company's intranet site is on a Windows 2000 Advanced Server computer named ServerA. ServerA is on the cohovineyard.com domain and is running Internet Information Services (IIS) and Microsoft Proxy Server 2.0.

You want to configure the Windows 2000 Professional Computers in the westcoastsales.com domain to access the intranet site. You want users to be able to connect to the intranet site by using the URL http://serverA rather than its fully qualified domain name. What should you do?

A. Add cohovineyard.com to the Domain Suffix Search Order on the computers.

B. Add westcoastsales.com to the Domain Suffix Search Order on the computers.

C. Add westcoastsales.com to the exceptions list in the proxy server settings on the computers.

D. Configure the proxy server settings on the computers to bypass the proxy server for intranet addresses.

Answer: A

164. You are the network administrator for your company. A user reports that the USB ports on his Windows 2000 Professional portable computer function only when the portable computer is in its docked position at the office. He asks you to configure the computer so that the USB port works when the portable computer is docked and when it is undocked and running on battery power. You verify that the portable computer supports ACPI power management.

What should you do?

A. Modify the portable computer’s power management settings to ensure the USB ports are not shut down when the computer is running on battery power.

B. Modify the portable computer’s BIOS settings to disable ACPI when the computer is running on battery power.

C. Modify the portable computer’s undocked hardware profile, and enable the USB root hub.

D. Disable the BIOS power management features in the portable computer’s BIOS settings.

E. Obtain external power supplies for the user’s USB devices. Ensure that these power supplies are connected when the portable computer is undocked.

F. Undock the portable computer, and reinstall the drivers for the USB port.

Answer: C

165. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 Professional computer that is shared by several users in the sales department. User accounts have been created for current users. Current users can log on to the computers.

To accommodate new users, you add two new users accounts named User7 and User8 to the computer. When User7 attempts to log on to the computer, she receives the following error message: "Windows cannot copy file c:documents and SettingsDefault User to location C:Documents and SettingsUser7. Contact you network administrator. Detail - Access is denied. ". When User8 attempts to log on to the computer, he receives the same type of error message.

You want to allow the two new users, as well as other users in the sales department, to be able to log on to the computer. Which two methods can you use to accomplish your goal? (Choose two.)

A. Add the user7 and user8 user accounts to the DACL for the Profiles shared folder on the network server.

B. Add the User7 and User8 user accounts to the DACL for the C:documents and SettingsDefault user folder.

C. Add the Everyone Group to the DACL for the C:documents and SettingsDefault user folder.

D. Add a group Policy object (GPO) for the Sales OU that redirects user profiles to a shared folder.

E. Log on by using the local Administrator account and create new folders for User7 and User8 in the C:documents and settings folder.

F. Select the allow inheritable permissions from parent to propagate to this object option on the c:documents and Settingsdefault user folder, and reset the permissions on all child objects.

G. Move and retain permissions and compressions.

Answer: B,F

166. Your company upgrades its network to 100 Mbps. You remove the old network adapter and install a new 10/100 Mbps network adapter into a Windows 2000 Professional computer. You configure the TCP/IP protocol settings to be the same as they were for the previously installed network adapter.

When you restart the computer, however, you cannot access the network. You try to ping your network adapter’s TCP/IP address locally. You receive the following error message, “Request timed out ” Next, you try to ping 127.0.0.1 and receive the same error message.

What must you do?

A. Configure a different TCP/IP address.

B. Enable DHCP in the TCP/IP properties.

C. Enable DNS in the TCP/IP properties.

D. Configure the network adapter to run at 100 Mbps only.

E. Replace the network adapter.

Answer: E

167. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 network. You need to store secured files for your company's accounting and legal departments on a Windows 2000 Professional computer.

You want to accomplish the following goals:

• Enable users in both departments to access their own files from the network.

• Enable users in the accounting department to view the legal accounting department’s documents.

• Prevent users in the legal department from being able to view the accounting department’s documents.

• Enable managers within the company to access and modify both the accounting and the legal department’s files.

You take the following actions:

• Create two shared folders named Accounting and Legal.

• Create three groups named Accounting, Legal, and Management.

• Allow the accounting group modify permission on the Accounting folder.

• Allow the legal group modify permissions on the legal folders.

• Allow the management group modify permission on both the accounting and legal folders.

Which result or results do these actions produce? (Choose all that apply)

A. Users in both departments can access to their own files from the network.

B. Users in the accounting department can view the legal accounting department’s documents.

C. Users in the legal department cannot view the accounting department’s documents.

D. Company managers can access and modify both department’s files.

Answer: A,C,D

168. A user prints dozens of documents daily from her Windows 2000 Professional computer. After printing a document, she gets a short message that the document has printed successfully.

Her default printer is a shared printer that is connected to a Windows 2000 Server computer.

She wants to have this notification turned off because she prints so many documents.

What should you do?

A. In the server properties of the Printers system folder, disable " notify when remote documents are printed".

B. In the server properties of the Printers system folder, disable "notify computer, not user, when remote documents are printed".

C. In the default printer properties, select the Ports tab and disable Bi-directional support.

D. In the default printer properties, select the Advanced tab and disable Advanced Printing features.

Answer: A

169. You have a Windows 2000 Professional computer. You have 17GB of private files on your drive D. You have shared the files as private_files. You don't want other users to see this share name in the browse list, but you want all other share names to continue to appear in the browse list.

What should you do?

A. Stop the Computer Browser service, and disable the Startup state.

B. Change the comment for the share to Hidden:Yes.

C. Change the share name to private_files$.

D. Add a Hidden=1 entry to the HKLMSystemCurrentcontrolsetServicessharesprivate_files registry value entry.

Answer: C

170. You are preparing to install Windows 2000 Professional on 75 new computers. You want to create a standard installation image to use on all of the computers. The computers have several different configurations of hard disks and other hardware components.

You install Windows 2000 Professional and the other standard software on one of the computers. You log on to the computer by using the local Administrator account. You configure the standard applications and customize the desktop settings you intend to deploy.

You run Setup Manager and create the Sysprep.inf file. You copy Sysprep.exe and Setupcl.exe to the C:Sysprep folder. You run Sysprep.exe and then run your third party disk imaging software. You copy the image to several test computers and restart the computers. When the installation is complete, you find that some of the computers do not function at all. You also find that the desktop settings do not appear as you configured them on the original computer.

You want to correct the imaging process and ensure that all computers have the same standard desktop. What should you do? (Choose two.)

A. Copy Sysprep.inf to the C:Sysprep folder.

B. Copy the Administrator profile to the Default User profile. Then grant permissions to the everyone group to use the profile.

C. Include the -pnp parameter for Sysprep.exe when you rerun that utility.

D. Include the -nosidgen parameter for Sysprep.exe when you rerun that utility.

Answer: B,C

171. From your Windows 2000 Professional computer, you need to map drive G to the default administrative share on drive C of a server named AppSrv.

What can you do to map the drive?

A. Run the net share C$=G: command.

B. Run the net use G: AppSrvC$ command.

C. Browse to AppSrv in Windows Explorer, and map drive G to the C$ share.

D. Browse to AppSrv in My Network Places, and map drive G to the C$ share.

Answer: B

172. From your Windows 2000 Professional computer, you need to print from a 16-bit accounting application to a network printer named Printer02. Printer02 is attached to a print server named PrtSrv. The accounting application allows you to print only to a local LTP port.

You currently have two printers attached to your local LPT1 and LPT2 ports. You need to be able to print to the network printer and to both local printers. You install the driver for the network printer on your computer.

What must you do next to enable printing on the network printer?

A. Create a new local printer port named PrtSrvPrinter02, and configure the printer to use the new port.

B. Create a new local printer port named PrtSrvPrinter02. In the properties for the new port, select the option to print directly to the printer. Configure the printer to use the new port.

C. Run the net use Lpt3 PrtSrvPrinter02 command.

D. Run the net printPrtSrvPrinter02 command.

Answer: C

173. You are the administrator of the corp.arborshoes.com domain. Users in the domain run Windows 2000 Professional on their computers.

A user in your Sales Organizational unit (OU) reports that her mouse is not working correctly. You log onto the domain from the user's computer by using the domain Administrator account.

You use Device Manager and discover the user is using an old version of the mouse driver.

You install an updated mouse driver by using Device Manager, and restart the computer.

The mouse is still not working correctly. You view Device Manager, and notice the previous mouse driver is still installed.

You want to be able to install the correct mouse driver. What should you do?

A. Set the Sales OU policy for security to warn and allow the installation to override the Local security defaults.

B. Set the Domain policy for security to block but allow installation to override Local and Sales OU security defaults.

C. Set Local Computer Policy for security to warn but allow installation to override the domain and Sales OU security defaults.

D. Disable Plug and Play on the user's computer. Restart the computer and manually set up the system resources for the mouse.

Answer: A

174. You are responsible for migrating client computers from Windows 98 and Windows NT Workstation 4.0 to Windows 2000 Professional. You have installed Windows 2000 Professional and reinstalled the necessary applications on 10 computers. You have returned these computers to their users.

The users of these computers report that their word processing application will not start.

What should you do?

A. Set the permissions on the application to execute.

B. Add the application to the urn key in the registry.

C. Apply the Securews.inf security template on the users’ computers.

D. Apply the Compatws.inf security template on the users’ computers.

Answer: D

175. Your Windows 2000 Professional computer has a removable disk device installed. The device can use storage modules of varying sizes. You use these storage modules to transfer graphics filed between your location and a printing company. The printing company uses Windows NT 4.0 service pack 3.

You insert a new 20-Mailbox disk device into your computer. When you attempt to format it as FAT32 with the default options, you receive the following error message “Windows was unable to complete the format.”

You need to format the device so that you can use it to send a large graphic file to the printing company.

How should you format the device?

A. FAT 16 with 4kb cluster size.

B. FAT 32 with 1kb cluster size.

C. FAT 32 with 4kb cluster size.

D. NTFS with 4kb cluster size.

Answer: A

176. You upgrade 11 computers in the accounting department from Windows NT Workstation 4.0 to Windows 2000 Professional. All of the upgraded computers are configured to have the default security settings.

After the upgrade, users in the accounting department report that they can no longer run any financial or credit applications on their computers.

You want all accounting department users to be able to run these applications. You want to allow only the rights that allow users to run the applications.

What should you do?

A. Add each user account to the Power Users group on that user’s computer.

B. Configure the financial and credit applications to run as services on the computers in the accounting department.

C. Apply the Compatws.inf security template to the local security policy of the computers in the accounting department.

D. Use the computer management console to configure separate memory spaces for each financial and credit application on the accounting department computers.

Answer: C

177. You are creating a shared Internet connection on your Windows 2000 Professional computer. You want to enable other computers on the LAN to be able to access only HTTP and FTP sites in the Internet.

What should you do?(Choose all that apply)

A. Configure shared Internet connection to disable LCP extension.

B. Configure shared Internet connection to disable on-demand dialing

C. Create an Internet connection sharing application type for HTTP to use remote server port 25

D. Create an Internet connection sharing application type for HTTP to use remote server port 80

E. Create an Internet connection sharing application type for FTP to use remote server port 21

F. Create an Internet connection sharing application type for FTP to use remote server port 72

Answer: D,E

178. You need to install Windows 2000 Professional on 35 new computers on the company LAN. First, you create a distribution folder on the network server. Then you create a network boot disk to install Windows 2000 Professional from the distribution folder.

Now you need to create a batch file, which the network boot disk will execute to start the installation. You must specify a source path and temporary drive for the installation files.

You also need to install the accessibility options within the batch file. The batch file must execute a hardware-specific application to run after the GUI-mode Setup has completed.

Which command must you specify in the batch file?

A. Z:i386winnt/s:z:i386/t:d/a/e:z:hardwaresetup.exe

B. Z:i386winnt/s:z:i386/rwinnt.tmp/a/e:z:hardwaresetup.exe

C. Z:i386winnt32/s:z:i386/tempdrive:d/cmd:zhardwaresetup.exe

D. Z:i386winnt32/s:z:i386/cmdcons:z:hardwaresetup/makelocalsource

Answer: A

179. You want to connect your Windows 2000 Professional computer to multiple TCP/IP subnets on your company's network. Your computer currently has an ISA network adapter installed. You install a second ISA network adapter.

After you restart your computer, you notice that the second ISA network adapter is not functioning.

What should you do?

A. Set the driver signing option to block.

B. Set the driver signing option to ignore.

C. In the computer’s BIOS, reserve an unused IRQ for ISA devices.

D. In the Device Manager, configure the second ISA network adapter to use an unused IRQ.

Answer: D

180. Your computer has Windows 2000 Professional installed. Your office has a power outage while you are running Windows 2000 Disk Defragmenter, when you start the computer you receive the following message "bad or missing Operating System".

What should you do?

A. Start the computer in safe mode and reformat the hard disk.

B. Start the computer in the debug mode and reformat the hard disk.

C. Start the computer using the ERD and repair the Master Boot Record.

D. Start the computer by using the Windows 2000 Professional CD Rom. Then use recovery console to repair the Master Boot Record.

Answer: D

181. You have implemented the Hisecws.inf security template on all the Windows 2000 Professional client computers in your network.

A user has received a driver and utility software for an internal SCSI controller in his computer. He uses the manufacturer-provided CD to install the driver and the utility. He restarts the computers and reports that the internal SCSI controller is not working correctly. You discover that the driver is not installed correctly.

What should you do?

A. Disable the security template. Reconfigure the driver signing option. Install the driver. Enable the security template.

B. Reconfigure the driver signing option. Disable the security template. Install the driver. Enable the security template.

C. Run the Sigverif command. Reconfigure the driver signing option. Install the driver.

D. Run the Sigverif command. Disable the security template. Install the driver. Enable the security template.

E. Run the Sfc/cancel command. Install the driver. Run the Sfc/enable command.

Answer: A

182. You install Windows 2000 Professional on 10 computers that have video capture cards installed. One user reports that her video capture card is not functioning correctly.

She uses video capturing software but cannot view the video output.

You use Device Manager to view the hardware settings on her computer as shown in the exhibit.

You want the user to be able to capture and view video frames by using her video capture card.

What should you do?

A. Use System in Control Panel to enable the device.

B. Use Device Manager to update the drivers for the device.

C. Move the card to a different PCI slot.

D. Copy the manufacturer's driver to WINNTdriver cachei386 and then let Windows 2000 to install the device.

Answer: B

183. You want to prevent a Windows 2000 Professional computer named Payroll5 from communicating on your network with Windows NT 4.0, Windows 95, and Windows 98 computers. You want to enable the payroll5 computer to communicate on your network with other Windows 2000 computers only.

What should you do?

A. Close all NetBIOS ports in the advanced TCP/IP options of Payroll5.

B. Import the Hisecws.inf security template to payroll5.

C. Disable access this computer from network in the local security policy settings for payroll5.

D. Clear all WINS client settings on payroll5.

Answer: B

184. You recently upgraded all Windows NT Workstation 4.0 computers to Windows 2000 Professional. You want to give a new employee named Maria the ability to back up files, share resources, and install programs on a client computer that she shares with other users. You do not want Maria to be able to read other users’ files.

What should you do to accomplish these goals? (Choose all that apply)

A. Add Maria’s user account to the system group.

B. Add Maria’s user account to the interactive group.

C. Add Maria’s user account to the power user group.

D. Add Maria’s user account to the administrators group.

E. Add Maria’s user account to the Backup Operators group.

Answer: C,E

185. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 network. The network is configured as shown in the exhibit.

(Exhibit)

Computers on the Sales subnet run Windows 2000 Professional. These computers are dynamically assigned IP addressing and configuration information from a DHCP server on the subnet.

Computers on the Development subnet run Windows 98. These computers are statically assigned IP addressing and configuration information.

Users on the Sales subnet report that they cannot communicate with users on the Development subnet. A user who works on Computer3 reports that he cannot communicate with computers on either subnet. You want all users to be able to communicate with other users on both subnets.

What should you do? (Choose two.)

A. Change the frame type to 802.2 on Computer3.

B. Change the default gateway option IP address on the DHCP server.

C. Change the default protocol on the computers on the Sales subnet to NWLink IPX/SPX/NetBIOS Compatible Transport Protocol.

D. Enable TCP/IP protocol with the default settings on Computer3.

E. Add the NetBEUI protocol to the binding order on all client computers.

Answer: B,D

186. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 network. You install Windows 2000 Professional on a new computer and configure the TCP/IP settings to have a static IP address.

While testing network connectivity from the new computer, you discover an error in DNS server address that is configured in the TCP/IP settings. You configure the correct DNS server address, namely 10.1.1.5.

However you are still unable to connect to network resources by name.

You run the IPconfig/all command. The results indicate that the DNS server address is now configured as 0.0.0.0.

You want the computer to connect to network resources by name.

What should you do?

A. Stop and restart the DNS client service.

B. Add 10.1.1.5 to the DNS server list on the TCP/IP Advanced Properties tab.

C. Add an A (host) record for the computer to the DNS server zone file.

D. Configure your DHCP server to have a DNS server address of 10.1.1.5.

Answer: A

187. Your company has just upgraded its CAT5 Ethernet network from 10Mbps to 100Mbps. After the upgrade, the 20 Windows 2000 Professional computers in the Marketing department can no longer connect to the network. The remaining 80 Windows 2000 computers in the company can connect. Your company uses NWLink as the only protocol.

You need to connect the 20 computers in the Marketing department to the network.

What should you do?

A. Configure the NWLink frame type of the network adapters to the Ethernet 802.3.

B. Configure the NWLink frame type of the network adapters to the Ethernet II.

C. Replace the network adapters with 10/100 BNC network adapters.

D. Replace the network adapters with 10/100 UTP network adapters.

Answer: D

188. What services are required to use a RIS server?

A. A DNS server

B. A DHCP Server

C. A WINS Server

D. Active Directory Services

E. A boot enabled ROM on the network card of each computer.

F. A computer account for each computer in the domain.

Answer: A,B,D

189. You are the administrator of your company's network. The network is configured as shown in the exhibit.

(Exhibit)

You want to install Windows 2000 Professional on 20 new PXE-compliant computers on the Marketing segment of your network. The new computers do not have operating systems installed.

You create a RIS image. You load the image onto the RIS server. You then start the new computers.

You find that the new computers cannot connect to the RIS server. You verify that existing client computers on the network can connect to network servers, including the RIS server. You want to enable the new computers to connect to the RIS server.

What should you do?

A. Add a Windows 2000 Server computer running WINS to the network.

B. Add a Windows 2000 Server computer running DHCP to the network.

C. Add the Domain Everyone group to the RIS OS Image Security settings.

D. Place the new computers on the same segment as the RIS server.

Answer: B

190. You are the administrator of your company's network. You attempt to install a printer driver on a Windows 2000 Professional computer for a user named Linda. You receive the following error message:

'Error 11 - CANNOT INSTALL PRINTER DRIVER'

The driver was originally downloaded from the manufacturers web site. You have sucessfully used the driver on other Windows 2000 Professional computers. You want to configure Lori's computer to check the driver's integrity and to allow you to install the printer driver. What should you do?

A. Configure driver signing to display a message before installing an unsigned driver.

B. Configure driver signing to ignore file signature verification. Create a local computer policy to enable Windows file protection.

C. Use the Add Printer wizard to install the driver. Create a local computer policy to enable Windows file protection.

D. Use the printer troubleshooter configures the computer to prevent the installation of unsigned drivers.

Answer: A

191. When you send a print job to a network printing device it comes out illegible. What is the most likely cause of the problem?

A. Incorrect spooler setting

B. incorrect network protocol

C. the spooler service is malfunctioning or has crashed

D. incorrect page size

E. incorrect paper size

F. incorrect driver

Answer: F

192. Which methods should you use to identify and authenticate existing customers on the Web site?

A. SSL, NTLM logon, and database validation

B. SSL, anonymous logon, and CHAP

C. SSL, NTLM logon and CHAP

D. SSL, anonymous logon and database validation

Answer: D

193. You use your Windows 2000 Professional computer to transfer 20 large files. Each file is 100 MB in size. You want to copy the files from a UNIX server in your branch office to a computer running SQL Server at the main office. When you copy the files by using Windows Explorer, the connection times out and the file copy is aborted. You want to monitor the performance of TCP/IP of your computer. What should you do?

A. Use the Performance Console to view all the counters of the TCP object.

B. Enable Simple TCP/IP Services

C. Enable Network Monitor Agent

D. Examine Data Grams lost

E. Enable SNMP

Answer: A,E

194. Your desktop computer has Windows 2000 Professional installed. You create a new dial-up connection to connect to the Internet. You configure the Internet connection to enable Internet Connection Sharing.

After you configure the connection, you cannot see or connect to any shared resources. You want your computer to be able to connect to shared resources.

What should you do?

A. Configure the dial-up connection to disable shared access.

B. Configure the dial-up connection to disable on-demand dialing.

C. Disable data encryption in the new dial-up connection.

D. Use the ipconfig command to release and renew your network TCP/IP address.

Answer: A

195. You are the administrator of your company's network. A user uses a Windows 2000 Professional portable computer. when he starts the computer, Windows 2000 prompts him to select either Docked or Undocked mode.

He doesn't use a docking station when he is in the office, so he asks you to configure the computer so that it will not prompt him to select Docked or Undocked mode.

What should you do?

A. Modify the portable computer's BIOS settings, and disable support for the docking station.

B. Modify the portable computer's hardware profiles, and remove the Docked hardware profile.

C. Modify the portable computer's device settings to disable the Unplug Devices icon in the System Tray.

D. Modify the portable computer's hardware profiles, and position the Docked hardware profile at the top of the list of hardware profiles.

Answer: B

196. You are the administrator of your company's network. Your network has 20 Windows 2000 Server Computers in the contoso.com domain. Your network also has 250 Windows 98 Computers.

You want to perform a clean installation of Windows 2000 Professional on all of the Windows 98 Computers. All of the Windows 98 Computers are identical models and are PXE Compliant.

You want to accomplish the following goals:

-An unattended installation of Windows 2000 Professional will be performed.

-An unattended installation of company-standard applications will be performed during the installation of Windows 2000 Professional.

-Each Computer will be assigned a unique Security Identity Description (SID).

-The unattended installation script will be modified so that the Computers automatically join the Contoso.com domain.

You take the following actions:

-Install Windows 2000 Professional on a Windows 98 Computer named Computer 1.

-Install and configure company-standard applications on Computerl.

-Use Setup Manager on Computer 1 to create an Unattend.txt file based on the current Configuration, including domain membership.

-Start the remaining Windows 98 computers, and then install Windows 2000 Professional. Use the Unattend.txt file to provide the settings for the installation.

Which result or results do these aetions produce? (Choose all that apply.)

A. An unattended installation of Windows 2000 Professional is performed.

B. An unattended installation of company-standard applications is performed during the installation of Windows 2000 Professional.

C. Each Computer is assigned a unique SID.

D. The unattended installation script is modified so that the Computers automatically join the contoso.com domain.

Answer: A,C

197. You need to install Windows 2000 Professional on 30 new computers. You also need to deploy a Windows 2000 Professional Service Pack during installation.

You create a network distribution folder named InstallFiles. You copy the i386 folder from the Windows 2000 Professional CD to the InstallFiles folder.

What should you do next?

A. Copy the Service Pack files to the InstallFilesMisc folder.

B. Copy the Service Pack files to the InstallFiles$OEM$ folder.

C. From an existing client computer, run the Update-u command from the Service Pack to the InstallFiles folder.

D. From an existing client computer, run the Update-s:InstallFiles command from the Service Pack to the InstallFiles folder.

Answer: D

198. You have a Windows 2000 Professional computer. You run a shipping application that prints packing labels to a laser printer for every outgoing shipment, 24 hours per day. During peak hours, your company ships more than 1000 packages per hour.

You have just purchased a second identical laser printer to help with printing. You want to configure the printers so that the jobs are load balanced.

You connect the second laser printer to the computer. What else must you do?

A. Enable bi-directional support.

B. Enable Printer pooling.

C. Configure print spooling.

D. Configure print sharing.

Answer: B

199. A user downloads a video card driver from the Internet and wants you to install it. You are unsure of the source of the driver. You want to ensure the user does not lose production time because of an incompatible driver. What should you do?

A. Save existing driver files to a directory on the computer. Install the new driver and reboot. If you encounter problems, reboot to the Last Known Good Configuration.

B. Install the driver. Backup the registry. Check the Device Manager for any conflicts. Reboot if none are found.

C. View the advanced properties of the driver file. Check for an official signature on the file. Install the driver if you find a signature.

D. Run a File Signature Verification Survey to verify that the driver is digitally signed. Do not install if no digital signature is found.

Answer: A

200. Users report that some shortcuts on the Start menu of their Windows 2000 Professional computers are hidden. They want to access their shortcuts without having to use a scroll arrow.

How should you configure the computers to always display all Start menu shortcuts?

A. In the Folder Options dialogue box, clear the Enable Web Content checkbox in My Desktop properties.

B. In the Display Properties dialogue box, clear the Transition Effects for Menus and Tooltips checkbox.

C. In the Folder Options dialogue box, clear the Hide File extensions for Known fle types checkbox.

D. In the Taskbar and Start Menu Properties dialogue box, clear the Use Personalized Menus checkbox.

Answer: D

201. All of the client computers in your network are Windows 2000 portable computers. A user named Maria stores sales files in her My Documents folder. She uses these files when she travels. She informs you that when she takes her portable computer to trade shows, she can access some of the sales files, but not all of them. When her portable computer is connected to the network at the office, she can access all of the files.

You need to enable Maria to access all of the files when she is working remotely.

What should you do?

A. Allow Maria Full Control permissions on the %systemroot%Documents and SettingsMariaMyDocuments folder.

B. Allow Maria Full Control permissions on the %systemroot%Documents and SettingsAllUsersMyDocuments folder.

C. Configure Maria's computer to automatically copy the entire contents of her My Documents folder to her Offline files folder.

D. Configure Maria's computer to automatically copy the entire contents of her My Documents folder to her Local My Documents folder.

Answer: C

202. Ten users run an accounting application on their Windows NT Workstation 4.0 computers. The application stores its data in a shared network folder named Accdata on a Windows 2000 Server computer named Server1.

You upgrade all 10 computers to Windows 2000 Prosfessional and verify that all applications are compatible with Windows 2000.

After the upgrade, some users report that they are receiving intermittent data corruption error messages. They are also receiving data file version mismatch error messages.

When these error messages occur, your only method of recovery is to restore the entire contents of the Accdata folder using a known good backup copy.

You need to prevent these errors from occurring in future.

What should you do?

A. Configure the Accdata folder to allow a maximum of one user.

B. Configure the Accdata folder to disable client caching.

C. Create a group policy that removes the Bypass Traverse Checking user right on Server1.

D. Create a group policy that increases the amount of idle time required before a session disconnects on Server1.

Answer: B

203. How do you make a web page available for offline viewing in Windows 2000?

A. On the Favorites menu in Internet Explorer, click Add to Favorites.

B. Select the Make Available Offline check box.

C. To schedule updates for content download, click Customize.

Answer: A,B,C

204. You use Windows 2000 Professional on your desktop computer. You are working on your company's annual financial report. You want other users on the network to be able to modify your documents for the report. You use Windows Explorer to share the financial report folder on the network. Because the report contains confidential information, you want to prevent users from enabling offline access for the network share that contains the financial report. What should you do?

A. Use Windows Explorer to disable Offline Files.

B. Use Windows Explorer to disable caching for the reports on the network share.

C. Use Windows Explorer to grant users Special access for the reports on the network share.

D. Use Synchronization Manager to configure synchronization not to occur when users are connected to the LAN connection.

Answer: B

205. If you choose Typical Settings, which of the following configurations are made during the Network Settings component of the Windows 2000 Professional installation? Choose all that apply.

A. Network connections for Client for Microsoft Networks

B. File and Print Sharing for Microsoft Networks

C. NetBEUI protocol with automatic addressing

D. TCP/IP protocol with automatically assigned address

Answer: A,B,D

206. You install a new USB scanner on a Windows 2000 Professional computer. Two weeks later, the user of the computer informs you that when he scans images with the scanner, the colors do not display correctly. When he prints the scanned images, the colors print correctly.

You need to ensure that the scanned images display the correct colors.

What should you do?

A. In scanners and cameras in control panel, remove the color management profile.

B. In the display properties in control panel, set the Windows color scheme to Windows standard.

C. In the advanced properties of the display properties in control panel, remove all color management profiles.

D. In the display properties in control panel, increase the colors setting.

Answer: C

207. Which methods should you use to identify and authenticate existing customers on the Web site?

A. SSL, NTLM logon, and database validation

B. SSL, anonymous logon, and CHAP

C. SSL, NTLM logon and CHAP

D. SSL, anonymous logon and database validation

Answer: D

208. From your Windows 2000 Professional computer, you want to map a drive G to the default administrative share on drive C on Application Server named Srv01.

Which command can you use?

A. Net Share g:AppSrv01c$

B. Net Share AppSrv01c$:g:

C. Net Use g:AppSrv01Admin$

D. Net Use g:AppSrv01C$

Answer: D

209. You run a 16 bit scientific data analysis package on your Windows 2000 Professional computer. The package consists of three components.

The first component is a data acquisition application that monitors continuous data output from scientific instruments.

The second is a data analysis application that receives data from the data acquisition application by using shared memory.

The third is a data graphing application that displays the processed data in real time.

The data analysis application communicates with the data graphing application by using OLE.

When you attempt to analyze large data sets, your computer is not able to display data in real time.

You install a second processor on your computer. Only one processor is used while package is running, even though Task Manager shows both processors.

How do you get data analysis to use both processors? (Choose two).

A. Configure the data acquistion application to run in its own virtual DOS machine (VDM).

B. Configure the data analysis application to run in its own virtual DOS machine (VDM).

C. Configure the data graphing application to run in its own virtual DOS machine (VDM).

D. Configure the virtual DOS machine (VDM) for the data analysis and data acquistion applications to have a hard affinity for processor 0. Configure the VDM for the data graphing application to have a hard affinity for processor 1.

E. Configure the virtual DOS machine (VDM) for the data acquistion application to have a hard affinity for processor 0. Configure the VDM for the data graphing application to have a hard affinity for processor 1.

Answer: C,D

210. You install Windows 2000 Professional on a computer named Client2. The network is configured as shown in the Network Configuration exhibit.

(Exhibit)

You connect to shared resources on ServerE daily. Today, you cannot connect to ServerE.

Heather can connect to ServerE successfully from her computer. You ping ServerE to find out the nature of the problem as shown in the Ping Results exhibit.

(Exhibit)

You verify that all of the servers are connected to the network and are running correctly.

What is the most likely cause of the problem?

A. the router configuration

B. the WINS configuration on Client2

C. the WINS configuration on ServerE

D. the default gateway setting on Client2

Answer: B

211. Your Windows 2000 prof computer contains a 166 MHz processor 64 mb of ram and 750 mb of free disk space. You have installed a number of applications on your computer including a word processing program a spreadsheet program a third party scientific application and a multimedia player. You notice that when you have several of these applications open simultaneously the performance of your computer is noticeably slower. You run system monitor and review the results. There was blue and red line touching 100%. Both line were processor lines. What should you do to solve this problem?

A. Use diskprobe to modify existing disk sector values.

B. Upgrade your processor.

C. Increase the amount of free disk space.

D. Increase the amount of ram

Answer: B

212. You want to configure your Windows 2000 Professional computer to support two monitors. Your computer is configured to use 16-bit color, 1024 x 768 and an optimal refresh rate. You physically install plug and play PCI adapters and their appropriate drivers. The video adapters are included on the current hardware compatibility list (HCL). You start the computer after Windows 2000 Professional loads. You notice that the secondary monitor does not display an image.

What should you do?

A. Move the video adapters to different PCI slots so that the primary video adapter is in slot zero.

B. Use the hardware troubleshooter to upgrade the video adapter drivers for the secondary video adapter.

C. Run DXDIAG.exe to configure the video adapters. Configure the secondary video adapters to use the optimal refresh rate.

D. Change the resolution of the primary video adapter to 640 x 480 and use the default refresh setting for the primary video adapter.

Answer: A

213. Five of your company employees have Windows 2000 Professional portable computers. They use their computers in a network-enabled docking station when they are at their desks. When they are outside the office, they use their computers without network connectivity.

You have just installed wireless PC card network adapters in the portable computers so that the employees can access the network when they are in conference rooms in the office building.

You need to configure the portable computers for optimum performance in all of the working environments.

What should you do?

A. Configure the wireless PC card network adapters to use DHCP to obtain their IP addresses.

B. Configure three different hardware profiles on each portable computer.

C. Configure the wireless PC card network adapters to use Automatic Private IP Addressing (APIPA) when they cannot detect a DHCP server.

D. Instruct each employee to unplug the wireless PC card network adapter whenever the portable computer is attached to a network-enabled docking station.

Answer: B

214. Your company network includes 6,000 Windows 2000 Professional client computers and 35 Windows 2000 Server computers in a single domain.

Your company has a print device that is used to print payroll checks. The print device is physically attached to the parallel port of one of the client computers. This print device’s tray is loaded with checks at all times. You have shared this printer on the network as ChkPrinter and retained the default permissions.

A payroll application runs on a server named HRserv. Every Wednesday at 5:00P.M, the application prints paychecks from employees on this printer. The payroll application runs as a Windows 2000 service on HRserv.

You need to configure ChkPrinter so that only the payroll application will be able to use the printer.

What should you do?

A. Configure the share name for ChkPrinter to be ChkPrinter$. Configure the payroll application to print to this new share name.

B. Configure ChkPrinter so that it is available only from 5:00 P.M to 5:30 P.M.

C. Configure ChkPrinter to allow the HRserv domain account print permissions for ChkPrinter. Remove print permissions for the Everyone group.

D. Configure ChkPrinter to allow all HRserv domain accounts Print permissions for ChkPrinter. Change the permissions to deny print on ChkPrinter for the Everyone group.

Answer: C

215. You are network administrator. Your network has x Win98 computers, y WinNT4.0 computers, and a recently upgraded Windows 2000 Server. You want to upgrade Win NT w'stn 4.0 to Windows 2000. The computers are all identical they also have a Windows 2000 compatible application. You also have a domain on your network. You will create a login script that will map the distribution point to the clients. You test the upgrade on a test computer.

You want to:

Identify any incompatibilities before Setup starts

Have no user intervention during upgrade

Upgrade over the network

Have the test computer join the domain

Have the application working after the upgrade

Have each computer assigned it's own SID

You plan to do the following:

Run Winnt32 /checkupgradeonly on the test computer

Use setup Manager to create an Answer: file named Answer: .txt

Create a shared distribution point on the network containing i386 directory from the CD

Select 'provide defaults' during Setup Manager

Select Windows Server Domain (option Workgroup or Computer Domain) during Setup Manager

Create a domain account for the test computer

Run Winnt32 /unattend:Answer: .txt /s:[sourcepath] from command prompt on test computer

What do you achieve? (select all that are correct)

A. hardware and software compatibility issues are identified

B. upgrade prevents user interaction

C. upgrade occurs over the network

D. test computer joins the domain

E. the application functions after the upgrade

F. each computer is assigned a unique SID

Answer: A,C,E,F

216. Which servers must be online to be able to join a Windows 2000 domain with a Windows 2000 Professional machine?

A. Domain Controller

B. Domain Naming master

C. DNS server

D. DHCP server

Answer: A,C

217. Your routed TCP/IP network consists of 10 Windows 2000 Server computers and 75 Windows 2000 Professional computers. TCP/IP is the only network protocol.

You are installing 10 new Windows 2000 Professional computers. You want the newly installed computers to use NetBIOS names to connect to all shared resources on the network. You configure a TCP/IP address and a shared mask on each new computer.

Which two additional TCP/IP properties should you configure on each new computer?

(choose two)

A. The bindings.

B. A DNS address.

C. A Gateway address.

D. A WINS server address.

E. A DHCP server address.

Answer: C,D

218. You want to implement IPaddress to Computername resolving. How do you configure this in a NETBIOS environment?

A. Install a DHCP server

B. Install a DNS server

C. Install a WINS server

D. Install an LMHOST converter

Answer: C

219. You want to set up FTP port on your computer. You have a TCPport box, UDP port box and IP box. The TCP port box has a few numbers in (ie http-80). What port do you use?

A. Put FTP port 21 in TCP port box

B. Put FTP port 138 in TCP port box

C. Put FTP port 21 in IP port box

D. Put FTP port 138 in IP port box

Answer: A

220. Dave has a drive formatted as FAT32 with 1kb clustering. He has 84000 files averaging 850bytes each. The drive starts to go slow after defragmenting. What should you do to fix it?

A. Format his drive as a FAT32 with 4kb clustering

B. Format his drive as a NTFS with 512 bytes clustering

C. Format his drive as a NTFS with 4kb clustering

D. Format his drive as a FAT32 with 512 bytes clustering

Answer: A

221. You are network administrator. Your network has some servers and some pros. No policies are in effect. You have enabled driver signing on the clients. Now some of the users want to test unsigned drivers, but cannot install the drivers from the network share where they live. You want to let them do this but keep some security. Which of the following should you do?

A. Select WARN in the Driver Signing options dialog box on file server

B. Select WARN in the Driver Signing options dialog box on the relevant clients

C. Select BLOCK in the Driver Signing options on file server

D. Select BLOCK in the Driver Signing options on relevant clients.

Answer: B

222. You are installing Windows 2000 Professional on a computer named Client2. The network is configured as shown in the exhibit.

(Exhibit)

Your network uses TCP/IP as the only network protocol. You configure Client2 to have a TCP/IP address of 10.10.20.234, a default gateway of 10.10.13.1, and a WINS server address of 10.10.13.10.

ServerB is configured with TCP/IP. ServerB is the network WINS server.

You cannot connect to shared resources on ServerB and ServerC by using UNC names. You want Client2 to be able to connect to ServerB and ServerC.

What should you do?

A. Configure Client2 to use a default gateway of 10.10.20.1.

B. Configure Client2 to use a TCP/IP address of 10.10.13.234.

C. Install a WINS server on the same segment as Client2.

D. Install and configure a DNS server, and configure Client2 to use the DNS Server service.

Answer: A

223. You have a shared folder called A, and B is one of the folders in A. Folder B has a file called important.doc. You want to know who attempts to access this file. What can you do?

A. Audit Policy on shared folder A

B. Audit Policy on shared folder B

C. Check the box for successful audit

D. Check the box for failure audit

Answer: B,C,D

224. You want to integrate the SP1 into the i386. What should you do?

A. Update -s:sourcedir

B. Update -u

Answer: A

225. The Recovery Console is a new feature of Windows 2000 that makes recovering from a failed system much easier. Which of the following things can you do from the Recovery Console command prompt? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Start and stop services

B. Copy data from a floppy disk or CD

C. Format drives

D. Set an active partition

E. Copy data to a floppy disk or CD

Answer: A,B,C,E

226. You want to perform a mass deployment of Windows 2000 Professional on a network of 100 Windows 95 computers with varying hardware configurations. With the least administrative effort, how can you determine which computers have hardware that is compatible with Windows 2000 Professional?

A. Create a bootable floppy disk that automatically runs winnt32.exe /check upgrade and distribute it to each user on the network.

B. Configure SMS on your server and conduct an inventory of all hardware on the Windows 95 computers.

C. Remotely access the registries of all Windows 95 computers and generate a Report within Regedt32.

D. Enable driver signing when connecting to a RIS server to image the Windows 95 computers.

Answer: A

227. You install Windows 2000 Professional onto an NTFS partition on your computer. During the installation, you manually specify the OEM driver for the tape device SCSI controller. After the installation, you run the Winnt/cmdcons command. Then you successfully install the latest Windows 2000 service pack.

Next, you install an updated driver for the tape device SCSI controller. When you restart the system and log on to the computer, you receive a stop error.

You need to restore the functionality of the SCSI controller with the least amount of administrative effort.

What should you do?

A. Restart the computer in Safe Mode. Reinstall the functional SCSI controller driver.

B. Restart the computer into Recovery Console. Replace the faulty SCSI controller driver with the functional one.

C. Start the computer by using a Windows 2000 Professional disk. Replace the faulty SCSI controller driver with the functional one.

D. Install a parallel copy of Windows 2000 Professional in a separate folder. Copy the functional SCSI controller driver into the original system folder, and restart the computer to the previous installation.

Answer: A

228. You are the administrator of your company’s network. You want to deploy a Windows 2000 Professional service pack to 10 computers in the developmental Organizational Unit.

You create a Windows 2000 installer package file for the service pack. You use the package files to successfully install the service pack to other computers in the domain. You assign the package file to the development Organizational Unit. After the installation you notice that the service pack was not installed on any of the 10 computers.

You want to ensure that the service pack is successfully installed on the computers in the development Organizational Unit.

What should you do?

A. Use computer management to start the Windows installer service on all the computers in the Development Organizational Unit.

B. Use the local administrator account to log on to the computers in the Development Organizational Unit. Then redeploy the service pack to the computer in the Development Organizational Unit.

C. Run Windows installer to repair the package file. Then redeploy the service pack to the computers in the Development Organizational Unit.

D. Add the user accounts from the Development Organizational Unit to a DACL. Grant the user accounts read permission to the service pack deployment directory.

Answer: D

229. One of your administrators on your network has accidentally deleted an organizational unit named Marketing. You are looking to recover this organizational unit. You check the documentation and verify that the System State Data was backed up on all domain controllers last night. To recover the organizational unit you restore the System State Data on a randomly selected domain controller. Although the organizational unit briefly appears in Active Directory Users & Computers, after a short period of time it disappears.

Why did this happen and what should you do to permanently recover the organizational unit?

A. You did not restore the System State Data from the domain controller holding the Operations Master role of PDC Emulator. Perform a System State Data restore on the PDC Emulator.

B. You were not logged in as a member of the Enterprise Administrators group when attempting to perform the restore of the System State Data. Log in as a member of the Enterprise Administrators group and perform the restore.

C. You did not attempt to do an authoritative restore. Do a restore of the System State Data and specify an authoritative restore using the NTDSUtil utility.

D. You attempted to do a restore within a period of time that was less than the Tombstone Interval of the objects that were deleted. Manually change the length of the Tombstone Interval from the default of 60 days to one day and repeat the restore of the System State Data.

Answer: C

230. Your Windows 2000 server is configured to use the nwlink ipx/spx compatible protocol, your network clients also use nwlink ipx/spx protocol. Your clients complain that they are not able to connect to the Windows 20000 server, they can however connect to each other. What is the most likely cause of the problem?

A. The subnet mask was set incorrectly

B. File permissions were set to no access

C. An incorrect frame type was selected on the server

D. The workstation service on the Windows 2000 server failed to start.

Answer: C

231. You would like to host a website using Internet Information Services on the machine running Windows 2000 Server. What should you do to allow external access to the Web Server?

A. Remove Internet Connection Sharing and install Network Address Translation (NAT) instead. Internet Connection Sharing cannot provide external access to internal services.

B. Configure a Demand-Dial Routing Interface using Routing and Remote Access on the Windows 2000 Server. Any attempts to access the internal website will activate a static route allowing connections to be established.

C. Create a static route on the machine hosting Internet Connection Sharing. Specify the internal IP address of the machine hosting the website.

D. Under the settings for Internet Connection Sharing, add a service and specify the service port number and IP address that the website will be hosted on.

E. This cannot be done. The internal machines will have private IP addresses assigned. These IP addresses are not routable on the Internet and therefore cannot provide external access to internal resources.

Answer: D

232. You have installed Windows 2000 Professional on a system with a single 2 GB hard drive. Prior to installing Windows 2000 you used the FDISK utility to create one 2 GB partition and format the partition with the FAT file system.

Later you try to convert the disk from a basic disk to a dynamic disk from Disk Manager but are unable to. What is the most likely reason for this?

A. You did not partition the disk with the Windows 2000 Setup utility. If you would like to convert a disk to a dynamic disk, it must have been initially partitioned using the Setup utility.

B. The convert utility is not available from Disk Manager. You need to convert the drive from the command prompt.

C. You do not have 1 MB of unpartitioned free space available on your disk. You must have this in order to convert a disk from basic to dynamic.

D. The disk is formatted with the FAT file system. A disk must first be converted to NTFS before you can convert the disk to a dynamic disk.

E. You are not logged on as a member of the Enterprise Administrators group. Only members of the Enterprise Administrators group have the ability to convert a disk from basic to dynamic.

Answer: C

233. Roger is very concerned about someone gaining unauthorized access to several documents that he shares with co-workers. Roger's computer is a member of a workgroup called ProjectA1 and he has local administrator rights to his machine. He has configured the NTFS permissions properly so that only the appropriate people have access to the files. He also would like to configure his computer so that the data sent to other machines is sent in an encrypted format.

Roger configures his machine with an IP Security (IPSec) policy of Client (Respond Only). However when Roger tests the IPSec policy he finds that not all of the data being sent from his computer is being sent in an encrypted format. Which of the following is the best explanation for this behavior?

A. The local policy on Roger's machine is being overwritten by the domain policy. Domain policy will always override any conflicting settings at the local level.

B. NTFS permissions will always override IPSec policy settings. If the user receiving the data has NTFS permission of Read or greater, the data will not be sent in an encrypted format.

C. IPSec will encrypt data on the local hard drive but will not encrypt data that is sent over the network. In order to encrypt data sent over the network you must use Encrypting File System to first encrypt the data.

D. The Client (Respond Policy) does not secure data unless the destination computer requests it. Therefore data sent from a machine with the IPSec policy of Client (Respond Policy) is not guaranteed to be encrypted.

Answer: D

234. You currently are the administrator for a network with four servers and 150 clients. 50 of the clients have just had Windows 2000 Professional installed and have been configured with the default settings. You would like all of the Windows 2000 Professional clients to automatically register themselves with the DNS server.

You install a domain controller for a domain named xyzcorp.com but do not configure DNS as part of the installation. After finishing the install of Active Directory, you configure a standard primary zone for the xyzcorp.com domain on the domain controller. What additional steps must you take to ensure that the Windows 2000 Professional clients will get registered with the DNS server? Choose all that apply.

A. Enable the zone for the xyzcorp.com domain to accept dynamic updates.

B. Enable the Windows 2000 Professional machines to dynamically update their DNS records in Active Directory.

C. Configure the Windows 2000 Professional machines as DHCP clients.

D. Install a DHCP server and configure the scope options so that the clients will use the new domain controller as their DNS server.

E. Configure the DHCP server with the "Enable updates for DNS clients that do not support dynamic updates setting."

Answer: A,D

235. Sam would like to use Encrypting File System (EFS) to provide extra security on a group of folders on his computer. His machine is currently configured to dual-boot between Windows 98 and Windows 2000 Professional. He boots into Windows 2000 Professional and accesses the properties for the folders but is unable to locate the option to encrypt the folders. Which of the following is the most likely reason why Sam is unable to encrypt the folders on his machine?

A. Sam's machine is configured to dual-boot between Windows 98 and Windows 2000 Professional. Machines running multiple operating systems do not support EFS.

B. Sam does not have access to the private keys for the folders he wishes to encrypt. A user wishing to encrypt files or folders must have the appropriate private keys for those files or folders.

C. Sam is trying to encrypt folders. In Windows 2000 you are only able to encrypt files because data is not actually contained within folders but rather within the files.

D. Sam is attempting to encrypt a folder on a FAT volume. Any resources that you attempt to encrypt on a Windows 2000 Professional system must be located on an NTFS volume.

E. Sam is not a member of the local Administrators group. Only users of the local Administrators group have the ability to encrypt resources on a machine running Windows 2000 Professional.

Answer: D

236. You are currently changing the location of some files on one of the servers on your network. Your server has three partitions (C:, D: and E:). C: and D: are formatted with NTFS while E: is formatted with FAT32. The files are currently located on the D: drive in a folder named CorpDocs. The permissions on CorpDocs are set as follows:

Administrators = Full Control

Authenticated Users = Read

Managers (Global Group) = Read and Write

Which of the following statements regarding transferring files is correct?

A. Files moved to the C: drive will retain their original permissions, files moved to a different location of the D: drive will inherit the permissions of the folder that they are moved to and files moved to the E: drive will lose their permissions.

B. Files moved to the C: drive will inherit the permissions of the folder that they are moved to, files moved to a different location of the D: drive will retain their original permissions and files moved to the E: drive will lose their permissions.

C. Files copied to the C: drive will retain their original permissions, files copied to a different location of the D: drive will inherit the permissions of the folder that they are moved to and files moved to the E: drive will retain their original permissions.

D. Files copied to the C: drive will inherit the permissions of the folder that they are moved to, files moved to a different location of the D: drive will retain their original permissions and files moved to the E: drive will inherit the permissions of the folder that they are moved to.

Answer: B

237. You are setting up the Windows 2000 printing environment permissions for your department. Which of the following statements is true about printing permissions?

A. The Print permission enables users to share a printer.

B. The Manage Print permission enables users to control job settings for all documents.

C. The Manage Documents permission enables users to connect to a printer.

D. The Manage Documents permission enables users to change printer permissions.

Answer: B

238. You scan an image into your computer running Windows 2000, the image looks distorted on your monitor and is not clear. You try and print the image and it prints out well. Where can you solve this problem?

A. You can solve the problem through control panel, scanners &cameras icon and click the colour management tab.

B. You can go to the Display properties icon and change the refresh frequency.

C. You can go to the Display properties icon and click the colour management tab.

D. You can go to the printers icon and the colour management tab.

Answer: C

239. You are creating a dial-up connection for Internet access. The wizard cannot access the default Internet Service Providers (ISP) with either of the numbers provided. What is your alternate method for setting up the connection?

A. Configure the dial-up connection to negotiate with the server using Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP).

B. You can choose the option to set up the Internet connection manually if you know the ISP's phone number and your account and password already.

C. You need to provide a known IP address before attempting to connect to the ISP server.

D. Your ISP is requiring Data Encryption. Configure the dial-up connection to use it.

Answer: B

240. You need to create a web share on your Windows 2000 Professional computer named Admin01. You create a folder named reports. Then you configure web sharing on Reports. You name the share WebReports and allow Read permissions on the share.

You test the web share by pointing to http://admin01/WebReports from another computer. You receive the following error message, ‘You are not authorized to view this page.’

You need to be able to access the folder.

What must you do?

A. Allow write permission on WebReports.

B. Allow directory browsing permissions on WebReports.

C. In the IIS console, enable anonymous access to WebReports.

D. In the IIS console, set the execute permissions option to script and executables on WebReports.

Answer: C

241. You have recently deployed an application to several hundred Windows 2000 Professional computers on your company's network. However, you were just made aware that there is a patch available for the application and you would like to apply this to all of the computers to which the application was deployed. Which of the following represents that correct way to do this?

A. Replace the .msi file on the network server with a new .msi file. Restart the Windows Installer service on all of the clients.

B. Replace the .msi file on the network server with a .msp file. Restart the Windows Installer service on all of the clients.

C. Replace the .msi file on the network server with a .mst file. Restart the Windows Installer service on all of the clients.

D. Use the msiexec command to specify the location of a .msp file. Redeploy the application through Group Policies.E. Use the msiexec command to specify the location of a .mst file. Redeploy the application through Group Policies.

Answer: D

242. You are the administrator for a network supporting Windows 2000 active directory services. You want to use Windows installer to deploy applications on computers running Windows 2000 Professional while achieving these desired results:

A-The software should appear as though it has been installed but it should not actually be installed until users attempt to run the application.

B-The application should always be available to roaming users who log on to several different computers in a typical workday.

C-If the software is deleted for any reason it should be reinstalled at logon.

D-Only authorized users should be allowed to run the application.

Your proposed solution is to assign the software package to the users in the appropriate OU.

Which result does the proposed solution provide? (Choose 3)

A. The software should appear as though it has been installed but it should not actually be installed until users attempt to run the application.

B. The application should always be available to roaming users who log on to several different computers in a typical workday.

C. If the software is deleted for any reason it should be reinstalled at logon.

D. Only authorized users should be allowed to run the application.

Answer: A,B,C

243. You create a shared Internet connection on a Windows 2000 Professional computer. Your network has 10 users on the LAN. All of the users can connect to HTTP sites, FTP sites, and streaming audio content on the Internet. One of the computers on your LAN is running an FTP host application. Users on the Internet cannot connect to the FTP host on your network. What should you do?

A. Configure the FTP host to accept incoming requests on service port 80.

B. Configure an Internet Connection Sharing application type for FTP to use remote server port 23.

C. Configure an Internet Connection Sharing service type for FTP use service port 21 on the FTP host computer.

D. Configure an Internet Connection Sharing service type for FTP use service port 23 on the FTP host computer.

Answer: C

244. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 network. You replace the uniprocessor computers in the graphics department with 25 new MPS-compliant computers. Each computer has two 550-MHz processors.

You install the software that users need to perform their work. The software includes DOS, Win16, and Win32-based applications.

Users report that when they use a Win16-based application, they do not notice any improvement.

What should you do?

A. Use Device Manager to install the MPS-compliant drivers for the 2nd processor.

B. Use Device Manager to install the ACPI-compliant drivers for the 2nd processor.

C. Run the Win16-based application in a seperate memory space.

D. Replace the Win16-based applications with available Win32-based applications.

Answer: D

245. You upgrade six MPS-compliant computers from Windows NT Workstation 4.0 to Windows 2000 Professional. Each machine has two 550 MHz processors. The computers are used for graphics applications that require exceptional performance.

After the upgrade, users report that the processing time for the applications is much slower.

What should you do?

A. Use Device Manager to enable the AGP Bridge Controller.

B. Use Device Manager to install the MPS-compliant drivers for the 2nd processor.

C. Use Device Manager to install the ACPI-compliant drivers for the 2nd processor.

D. During startup, press F8 and install the MPS-compliant drivers for the 2nd processor.

Answer: B

246. You are delegated administrative control of the graphics organizational unit (OU). You install Windows 2000 Professional on 25 PXE-compliant computers in the Graphics OU by using disk-duplicating software. The reference Computer was configured to have Windows 2000 Professional default desktop settings. Users in the Graphics OU have home folders specified in their user account settings. The home folders are located on the ServerlUsers network share.

You want to change the default path of the users My Documents folders to their respective home folders whenever users log on to the network. You want to accomplish this with the least amount of administrative effort.

What should you do?

A. In the properties of the My Documents folder, select Move, and define the UNC path ServerlUsers.

B. Reconfigure each domain user account properties on the Profile tab, and define the UNC path ServerlUsers.

C. Enable a Local Computer Policy to redirect the My Documents folder, and define the UNC path Server 1 Users%Username%.

D. Create a Group Policy object for the Graphics OU to redirect the My Documents folder, and define the UNC path ServerlUsers%Username%.

Answer: D

247. You are the administrator of your company's network. You want to configure a Security Policy for the Windows 2000 Professional Computers that are in the sales department. On one of the computers, you use Security Templates to configure the Security Policy based on the desired security settings. You then export those settings to an .inf file that will be used on all of the Computers in the sales department. You want to configure each Computer to have a customized Security Policy. What should you do?

A. Use Secedit.exe to import the security settings from the .inf file to the computers in the sales department.

B. Use a text editor to change the default security settings to the desired security settings. Then export those settings to the Computers in the sales department.

C. Create an organizational unit (OU) named Sales. Add the users in the sales department to the Sales OU. Then apply the security template to the users in the Sales OU.

D. Create an organizational unit (OU) named Sales. Add the computers in the sales department to the Sales OU. Then apply the security template to computers in the Sales OU.

Answer: D

248. You are the administrator of a workgroup supporting Windows 2000 Professional computers. You configure the Group Policy by setting the Account lockout duration to 0.

What effect will this have?

A. Users will never be locked out.

B. Users will be locked out for 69 days.

C. Users will be locked out after one failed logon attempt.

D. Users will be locked out indefinitely until the Administrator unlocks the user account.

Answer: D

249. You want to troubleshoot system restoration by starting Windows 2000 Professional in Safe Mode. What should you do after the computer is restarted into Safe Mode? (Choose three.)

A. Run msinfo32

B. Run verifier

C. Expand Components, and click Problem Devices.

D. Expand Software Environment, and click Drivers.

E. Expand Hardware Resources, and click Forced Hardware.

F. Expand Hardware Resources, and click Conflicts/Sharing.

Answer: A,C,F

250. Which Windows 2000 Advanced Options menu item would you use if you wanted to load Windows 2000 Professional without the GUI?

A. Safe Mode

B. Safe Mode with No GUI

C. Safe Mode Limited

D. Safe Mode with Command Prompt

Answer: D

251. You configure your Windows 2000 Professional computer for Internet Connection Sharing and for TCP/IP filtering as shown in the exhibit.

You test your TCP/IP filtering configuration from another client computer. You can access web sites, but you cannot access FTP sites.

What should you do to be able to access FTP sites?

A. Add Port 21 to the TCP Ports section.

B. Add Port 138 to the TCP Ports section.

C. Add Port 21 to the IP Ports section.

D. Add Port 138 to the IP Ports section.

Answer: A.

252. You are the administrator of your company's network. You want to install Windows 2000 Professional on 10 non-PXE-compliant computers that are on the marketing segment of your network. You start one of the computers by using a RIS boot disk. However, you cannot connect to the RIS server.

You verify that existing client computers on the network can connect to network servers, including the RIS server. You discover that the network router does not support BOOTP. You want to enable the new computers to connect to the RIS server.

What should you do?

To answer, click the select and place button, and then drag the appropriate server to the place server here boxes on the network (Note: Both boxes must be filled. If a box does not require a server, use No server needed)

A. Place 1 = DHCP Relay agent; Place 2 = No Server needed.

B. Place 1 = Active Directory; Place 2 = WINS Server.

Answer: A

253. You use Windows 2000 Professional on your desktop computer. You schedule a task to run an MMC snap-in to perform configuration tasks on other computers. You notice that the task is not completing correctly.

You manually start MMC. You add the snap-in. You are then able to successfully run the task. You verify that all of your other tasks are working correctly. You want to enable your tasks to complete successfully.

What should you do?

A. Use Scheduled Tasks to configure the task to run under the security context of your account.

B. Configure the Task Scheduler service account to use a local Administrator account and password.

C. Use Computer Management to start the Messenger service and to configure the Messenger service to start automatically.

D. Use Computer Management to start the Task Scheduler service and to configure the Task Scheduler service to start automatically.

Answer: A

254. You are the administrator of your company's network. You use Security Templates to configure a Security Policy on the Windows 2000 Professional Computers in the Sales organizational unit (OU). You notice that the Computers in the Sales OU are not downloading the Security Policy settings. On each computer, the Security Policy appears in the Local Computer Policy, but is not listed as the effective policy. You want all computers in the Sales OU to have the Security Policy listed as the effective policy. What should you do?

A. Use Security Templates to correct the setting and export the security file.

B. Use Security Configuration and Analysis to import the security setting. Then create a Group Policy object (GPO) for the Sales QU.

C. Use Secedit /RefreshPolicy Machine_Policy command.

D. Use the Basicwk.inf security file settings, save the security file, and then import the file to the Computers.

Answer: C

255. You install Windows 2000 Professional on a computer named Client2. The computer is configured to have a TCP/IP address of 10.10.167.4 and a default gateway of 10.10.167.1.

You want to connect to a shared folder on a server B. When you attempt to connect to the network share you receive the following error message: ‘the network location could not be reached’.

The network diagram is shown in the exhibit.

You want to allow Client2 to connect to server B. What should you do?

A. Place Client2 on the same segment as server B.

B. Place a computer running the wins proxy server on the same segment as Client2.

C. Configure Client2 to use a default gateway of 10.10.13.1.

D. Configure Client2 use a DNS server address 10.10.13.24.

E. Configure Client2 to use a WINS server address of 10.10.13.24.

Answer: E

256. You are delegated administrative control of the Finance organizational unit (OU). The Finance department has recently purchased 15 Windows 2000 Professional computers. Each computer has a fax modem. Each computer has the Fax service installed with the default values and settings. A user named Peter reports that he wants to add a fax printer by using the Add Printer wizard, but the wizard is missing from the Printers system folder. What should you do on Peter's computer to allow him to use a fax printer?

A. Restart the Fax service.

B. Reinstall the Fax service.

C. Remove the Local Computer Policy.

D. Add Peter to the local Administrator group.

Answer: D

257. How do you move the printer spool to another drive?

A. Print Server properties, Advanced tab.

B. Printer Properties, Advanced tab.

Answer: A

258. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 Professional computer that has a shared printer. Several departments in your company use the shared printer. The sales department frequently prints multiple page graphics presentations, which take a long time to print. Users in other departments who have short messages to print have to wait for a long time to get their documents printed.

You want to improve the efficiency of printing for all users who use the shared printer. You want to accomplish this with least amount of administrative effort. What should you do?

A. Configure the priority of printer to 50. Add a new printer and set the priority to 1. For the new printer deny Print Permission for the users of sales department.

B. Configure the priority of printer to 50. Add a new printer and set the priority to 96. For the new printer deny Print Permission for users in the sales department.

C. Monitor the print queue and raise the priority for all of the print jobs that are sent by the members who are not members for the sales department.

D. Delete the old printer. Add a new printer and set the priority to a higher value. Pause and print queue only when the graphics intensive jobs are printing.

Answer: B

259. You need to install Windows 2000 Professional on 35 new computers on your network. You also need to install Recovery Console during the installation.

You create a distribution folder and copy the Windows 2000 Professional Support folder to the network server. You then create a network boot floppy disk to install Windows 2000 Professional from the distribution folder.

You need to create a batch file, which the network boot disk will execute to start the installation.

Which command must you specify in the batch file?

A. Winnt32 /cmd:z:i386winnt/a.

B. Winnt32 /cmd:z:supporttoolssetup.exe.

C. Winnt /e :z:i386winnt32 /cmdcons.

D. Winnt/e:z:supporttoolssetup.exe.

Answer: C

260. You're running Windows 2000 Professional on your network. You set up a color LaserJet printer on Computer1 and you name it Printer1. You have an identical color LaserJet on Computer2 named Printer2. The LaserJet on Computer1 fails.

You want to send the three print jobs that are in the Computer1 queue to the printer on Computer2 . You do not want to have users to resend these jobs to the printer. You also want to allow users who currently connect to Printer1 to automatically use Printer2 without having to reconfigure their default printer.

How can you accomplish this?

A. Enable Bi-directional support for Printer1.

B. Change the share name of Printer2 to Printer1.

C. Configure Printer1 to add a port, and set the port to computer2printer2.

D. Configure the print server properties to use the path computer2winnt$system32spoolprinters.

Answer: C

261. You are a member of the Enterprise Admins group at Trey Research. You create and share a printer named HPColorL2 on a Windows 2000 Server computer named pserver.treyresearch.local. You grant Print permission only to the Domain Local group named CompanySales. Later, you add a new child domain named london.treyresearch.local. Clair Hector is a member of the global group named LondonSales in the london.treyresearch.local domain. Clair reports that she is unable to send a print job to the HPColorL2 printer.

You want all members of the LondonSales group to be able to print to the HPColorL2 printer.

What should you do?

A. Add the LondonSales group to the CompanySales group.

B. Add the CompanySales group to the LondonSales group.

C. Change the CompanySales group to a universal group.

D. Change the LondonSales group to a universal group.

Answer: A

262. You are the administrator of your Company's network. The network has 50 Windows 2000 Professional computers. Each computer has 32 MB of RAM. A user named Susan in the accounting department reports that her Computer performs very slow when she runs the Company's accounts payable application. You suspect that her Computer's RAM is insufficient when other applications are running. You want to find out whether adding more RAM would improve the performance of Susan's Computer. You start the application. What should you do next?

A. Use Task Manager to see if memory usage exceeds 32 MB.

B. Use Task Manager to see if the peak commit charge exceeds 32 MB.

C. Use System Monitor to see if the Processor%ProcessorTime counter consistently exceeds 50.

D. Use System Monitor to see if the MemoryPage Faults per Second counter consistently exceeds 50.

Answer: A

263. You use a Windows 2000 Professional computer to run a weekly accounts table. The report has the name ap_financial_reports. You also want the use the computer to run a task named perf_log to connect to network routers and retrieve their performance logs. When the ap_financial_reports is running on the computer perf_log task stops responding the eventually times out. When you run only the perf_log task the task completes successfully. You use the task manager to view your system resources.

You want to resolve the performance log time out problem by using task manager.

What should you do?

A. Decrease the base priority of the ap_financial_reports task.

B. Decrease the number of threads available for the ap_financial_reports task.

C. Increase the base priority of the perf_log task.

D. Increase the number of threats available for perf_log task.

Answer: A

264. You have two processes running on your computer P1 and P2. You noticed that when you run both of them, P2 always times out, while when you pause/stop P1, P2 runs fine. P1 runs with "realtime" priority and uses 12 threads; P2 runs with "normal" priority" and uses 1 thread. What should you do?

A. Decrease the base priority for P1.

B. Decrease the number of threads available for P1.

C. Increase the base priority for P2.

D. Increase the number of threads available for P2.

Answer: A

265. You want Excel to receive all the processor time possible on your Windows 2000 Professional computer because you are processing some complex formulas. What do you need to change on your system?

A. Put the logged-on user in the Power Users group so that system rights will be increased.

B. In the System's Environment Variables dialog box, in Control Panel, increase the amount of RAM for user applications.

C. Under System's Property sheet found in Control Panel, increase the Paging File initial size to the value currently in the maximum size available in the Performance Options dialog box.

D. Under System's Property sheet found in Control Panel, choose the Advanced tab and make sure Applications receive the foreground priority.

Answer: D

266. You want to configure image color management (ICM) everywhere possible on your new computer. Which devices are configurable for ICM 2.0 on your Windows 2000 Professional computer? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Displays

B. Tablets

C. Printers

D. CD-ROM disks

E. BarCoders

F. Cameras

G. DVD disks

H. Scanners

Answer: A,C,F,H

267. You are configuring a Windows 2000 Server computer as a Routing and Remote Access server for a Branch office. You discover that an incorrect driver was installed during the installation of the modem. You attempt to remove the modem by using Phone and Modem Options in Control Panel. After each attempt to remove the modem by using this method, the computer stops responding. You restart the computer again. You must install the correct driver for the modem as quickly as possible. What should you do?

A. Use the Add/Remove Hardware wizard to uninstall the modem. Restart the server.

B. Shut down the server, remove the modem card, and restart the server. Shut down the server again, insert the modem card, and restart the server.

C. Delete all references to modems in the registry.

D. Run the Modem troubleshooter and remove the modem when prompted. Restart the server.

Answer: A

268. Your Windows 2000 Server computer uses a non-Plug and Play ISA modem configured to use IRQ 5. You add a PCI modem and restart the computer. Device Manager reports an IRQ conflict between the two modems. Both modems are trying to use IRQ 5. You want to resolve the problem. What should you do?

A. Use Device Manager to change the IRQ for the original modem to IRQ 9.

B. Use Device Manager to change the IRQ for the original modem to IRQ 10.

C. Edit the CMOS settings on the computer to reserve IRQ 5 for non-Plug and Play devices.

D. Edit the CMOS settings on the computer to reserve IRQ 10 for non-Plug and Play devices.

Answer: C

269. You are the administrator of your company's network. You receive a request from Stephen's manager to disable Stephen's access to a network share named Financial. Stephen's user account is the only member in a group named Reports. The Reports group has Full Control permission to the Financial share. You delete the Reports group. You later find out that the manager was in error and that Stephen should have his access to Financial share restored. What should you do?

A. Re-create Reports and re-create Stephen's user account. Use existing NTFS permissions.

B. Re-Create Reports and grant Reports NTFS Full Control permission to Financial. Stephen's user account will still be a member of Reports.

C. Re-create Reports and grant Reports Full Control permission to Financial. Add Stephen's user account to Reports.

D. Re-Create Reports and add Stephen's existing user account to Reports. Use existing NTFS permissions.

Answer: C

270. Which of the following volume Property dialog box tabs do you see for FAT32 partitions in the Disk Management utility? Choose all that apply.

A. General

B. Sharing

C. Security

D. Quota

Answer: A,B

271. Which of the following statements is true of dynamic disks in Windows 2000 Professional? Choose all that apply.

A. Dynamic disks can be recognized by Windows NT 4 or Windows 2000.

B. Dynamic disks are only supported by Windows 2000.

C. Dynamic disks support features such as simple volumes, extended volumes, spanned volumes, and striped volumes.

D. Dynamic disks support features such as simple volumes, extended volumes, spanned volumes, mirrored volumes, and striped volumes.

Answer: B

272. What utility can be used to identify areas of disk space that can be deleted to free additional disk space?

A. Disk Cleanup

B. Disk Manager

C. Disk Administrator

D. Disk Defragmenter

Answer: A

273. Scott frequently accesses and updates a large number of files. He is noticing that the larger the files get, the longer it takes to access the files. He suspects that the problem is related to the files being spread over the disk. What utility can be used to store the files sequentially on the disk?

A. Disk Cleanup

B. Disk Manager

C. Disk Administrator

D. Disk Defragmenter

Answer: D

274. What steps would you take to access the Disk Defragmenter utility?

A. Use Disk Administrator

B. Use Disk Manager

C. Through Programs > Accessories > System Tools

D. Through Programs > Administrative Tools > System Tools

Answer: C

275. Which of the following files are required to boot the Windows 2000 Professional operating system? Choose all that apply.

A. NTLDR

B. BOOT.INI

C. NTOS.EXE

D. NTDETECT.COM

Answer: A,B,D

276. Which of the following files loads the Windows 2000 Professional operating system?

A. NTLDR

B. NTOSKRNL.EXE

C. BOOTNT.EXE

D. NTOS.EXE

Answer: B

277. Which of the following options are configured through the BOOT.INI file? Choose all that apply.

A. The location of the boot partition

B. The location of the system partition

C. The Windows 2000 boot menu

D. The default operating system that should be loaded

Answer: A,C,D

278. Which of the following files is used to initialize and start the Windows 2000 boot process?

A. NTLDR

B. NTOSKRNL.EXE

C. STARTNT

D. NTBOOT.EXE

Answer: A

279. Which of the following files is used to build the operating system menu choices that are displayed during the boot process?

A. NTLDR

B. NTOSKRNL.EXE

C. STARTNT

D. BOOT.INI

Answer: D

280. Your computer is configured to dual-boot between Windows 98 and Windows 2000. How would you configure the computer so that Windows 98 would be the default selection if the user did not make a choice within the specified amount of time?

A. Through the STARTUP.INI file

B. Through the SYSTEM.INI file

C. Through Control Panel, Startup Options

D. Through Control Panel, System, Startup and Recovery

Answer: D

281. You use slipstreaming to apply a service pack to the installation files for Windows 2000 Professional on your network share. Then, you publish a software application that will be installed by various departments throughout the corporation on their Windows 2000 Professional computers. The application impacts the system state on any computer on which it gets installed from the publication. What must you do about the new service pack?

A. The update /slip command will correct the system files that were affected by the installation of the application on each computer receiving the software. It will also apply the service pack from the distribution folder. You need to run update /slip on each Windows 2000 Professional computer of the installed based.

B. Windows 2000 knows to automatically reinstall the correct system files that the service pack applied after the software is installed from the publication. You aren't required to do anything.

C. The new service pack has not yet been applied to the installed base of Windows 2000 Professional computers, so they don't have it. You must run update on each computer that got a Windows 2000 Professional installation before the service pack was slipstreamed to the installation share.

D. You should manage the newly published software application with Windows Installer. Get the .msi from the vendor and reinstall this application on the network share.

Answer: C

282. You are preparing an unattended answer file for eight new Windows 2000 Professional computers. The person initiating the setups should not have to answer questions during the installations. How is the license agreement handled?

A. You will create the license agreement answer in the [LicenseFilePrintData] section of the answer file.

B. Your acceptance of the license agreement answer is included as a switch for winnt32.exe when you are using the Winnt.sif file.

C. Your acceptance of the terms of the license agreement is associated during the computer name generation section of the answer file. Then the agreement is tied to each computer installed.

D. You will be asked to accept the terms of the license agreement for all unattended installations if you choose the Fully Automated option while preparing the answer file.

Answer: D

283. You are the administrator of your company's network. A user named Veronica uses a shared Windows 2000 Professional computer. The computer is a member of a workgroup. Veronica has encrypted five files on the computer to ensure the security of the files. Two of these encrypted files are needed for an important meeting. However, Veronica is out of the office until next week. You need access to the files immediately. You also need to ensure that Veronica can log on when she returns. You want to accomplish this with the least amount of administrative effort. You log on to Veronica's computer by using the local Administrator account. What else should you do?

A. Open the two files. Do nothing further.

B. Turn off encryption for the two files. Do nothing further.

C. Backup the two files and then restore them. Turn off encryption on the restored files.

D. Change Veronica's password. Log on by using her user name and new password. Then open the two files.

Answer: A

284. Julie is trying to save a file that is 2MB in size. When she tries to save the file, she gets an error message that the disk is out of space. When the administrator checks available disk space, it is determined that there is more than 4GB of free disk space. What is the most likely cause?

A. The disk needs to be defragmented.

B. Julie does not have the NTFS permissions she needs to access the folder where she is trying to save the file.

C. Julie has exceeded her disk quota.

D. The folder is encrypted and Julie does not have the key required to write to the folder.

Answer: C

285. Which of the following statements is true for disk quota management in Windows 2000 Professional?

A. Quotas can only be set for all users of a volume.

B. Quotas can only be set for specific users or groups of a volume.

C. Quotas can be set for all new users of a volume or set individually for users of a volume.

D. Quotas are only set for all users at the computer level through a group policy.

Answer: C

286. You install Windows 2000 Professional on your portable computer. You configure your computer to join the CORP domain. You now create a new dial-up connection to connect to the company's remote access server that is in the CORP domain. You want authentication to be based on the logon credentials that you use when you log on to the portable computer. What should you do? (Choose two.)

A. Configure the security options to enable EAP.

B. Configure the security options to require secured passwords.

C. Configure the security options to allow unsecured passwords.

D. Configure the security options to use the Windows logon name and password.

E. Configure the dialing options to include the Windows logon domain.

F. Configure the dialing options to not prompt for name and password.

Answer: B,D

287. Your remote access clients are complaining that their connection to the server is too slow and that they are unable to work productively. Currently most of the users are dialing in over analog modems. Unfortunately higher speed methods of Internet access such as DSL and cable modem are not available to most of these users. You decide instead to install additional modems in the computers of the users who will remotely access your company's network so that they will be able to connect to the server using multiple modems simultaneously. What additional software configuration must you do on your Remote Access Servers to ensure that this will work properly?

A. Configure Routing and Remote Access (RRAS) to support the Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service (RADIUS).

B. Enable dual callback.

C. Enable multilink.

D. Install the Bandwidth Allocation Protocol (BAP).

E. Install the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP).

Answer: C

288. You are using a DIALUP connection. You are DIALING into a remote server you do not know what type of server it is, but you want the entire session encrypted. What protocols from the list below would you disable?

A. PAP

B. SPAP

C. MSCHAP

D. MSCHAP V1

E. MSCHAP V2

F. CHAP

Answer: A,B,F

289. You are using a DIALUP connection to connect to a WINDOWS 2000 RAS SERVER. You want the whole session encrypted. What protocols from the list below would you disable?

A. PAP

B. SPAP

C. MSCHAP

D. MSCHAP V1

E. MSCHAP V2

F. CHAP

Answer: A,B,F

290. You install a second modem on a Windows 2000 Server computer configured with Routing and Remote Access. Dial-in users report that they are unable to connect to the server by using this new modem. What can you do to help find out the cause of the problem? (Choose Three.)

A. Use the Diagnostics tab in Phone and Modem Options in Control Panel to query the modem.

B. Use device Manager to identify any port resource conflicts.

C. Use the Routing and Remote Access snap-in to find out whether the ports for both modems are operational.

D. From a command prompt, run the Net Config Server command.

E. From a command prompt, run the Net Statistics command.

F. Use Regedit32 to view the Error Control value in the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESystemCurrentControlSetServicesRemoteAccess Key.

Answer: A,B,C

291. A user calls you because she cannot find the files she needs on a network shared folder. You learn from her that she is looking with Explorer for the n:compositedivisionprojects folder. What do you need to do so she can see the files?

A. You instruct her to type server namecompositedivisionprojects filename in her application software.

B. Tell the user to click the Start button, and run the servername. Using that route, she can click down to the target folder.

C. Give the user an access control entry for the needed folder, projects.

D. Give the user "list folder contents" permission to the network shared folder using a security group.

Answer: C

292. You are the administrator of your company's network. Your network has five Windows 2000 Server and 75 Windows 2000 Professional computers. The Windows 2000 Professional computers were installed by using a RIS image on one of the Windows 2000 Server computers.

You need to upgrade several applications on the Windows 2000 Professional computers. The applications do not have built-in support for scripted installations.

You want to accomplish the following goals:

-An unattended installation of the upgraded applications will be performed on the Windows 2000 Professional computers.

-Existing user environments will be maintained on the Windows 2000 Professional computers.

-The network name of each Windows 2000 Professional computer will be changed to match its asset tag.

-The RIS image and the upgraded applications will be enabled as they are added to the network.

You take the following actions:

-Install the RIS image on a Windows 2000 Professional computer named Computer1.

-Install the upgraded applications on Computer1.

-Change the network name of Computer1 to %DMI_SERIAL_NUM%.

-Run RIPrep.exe on Computer1 to load the RIS image onto the RIS server.

-Start all of the Windows 2000 Professional computers and then load the RIS image from the RIS server.

Which result or results do these actions produce? (Choose all that apply.)

A. An unattended installation of the upgraded applications is performed on the Windows 2000 Professional computers.

B. Existing user environments are maintained on the Windows 2000 Professional computers.

C. The network name of each Windows 2000 Professional computer is changed to match its asset tag.

D. The RIS image and the upgraded applications are enabled as they are added to the network.

Answer: A,D

293. You are the administrator of a network supporting Windows 2000 Professional computers connected to a Windows 2000 Server domain. You have assigned permissions to the appropriate network and printer resources to the Developers group. Ten new users have been hired, and you are installing ten new computers to run Windows 2000 Professional.

You want the new users to have these capabilities:

-Log on to any computer in the domain and run the same applications.

-Log on to any computer in the domain and receive the same display settings.

-Log on to any computer in the domain and access the same network connections.

-Log on to any computer in the domain and receive the same printer connections.

Your proposed solution is to configure the computers to join the domain, create ten new domain user accounts, add them to the Developers group, and configure a roaming user profile for each user.

Which results does the proposed solution provide? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Users can log on to any computer in the domain and run the same applications.

B. Users can log on to any computer in the domain and receive the same display settings.

C. Users can log on to any computer in the domain and access the same network connections.

D. Users can log on to any computer in the domain and receive the same printer connections.

Answer: B,C,D

294. One user leaves your company and another gets his position. How can you give the same permissions and restrictions to him while minimizing your work? The old user must have no further access.

A. Rename the user account and change the password.

B. Copy the old account to the new account and then delete the old account.

C. Copy the old user profile to the new user account.

D. Delete the old account. Create a new account and place it in all the groups that the old account was in. Manually re-assign all the user specific rights and permissions from the old account to the new account.

Answer: A

295. You are an administrator of your company's network. You want to perform routine upgrades on your Windows 2000 Server computer. You use your non-administrator user account in the domain to log on to the server. You want to update all of the critical system files and patched on the server in the shortest possible time. What should you do?

A. Run Windows Update.

B. Run System File Checker.

C. Log on as an Administrator and run Windows Update.

D. Log on as an Administrator and run System File Checker.

Answer: C

296. You are the administrator of your company's network. You are preparing to deploy 20 new Windows 2000 Professional computers on the network.

You want to be able to recover from disk failures and corrupt system files on the new computers. You want to configure the computers to automatically update their system configuration and emergency repair files on a scheduled basis.

What should you do?

A. Use the at command to schedule a weekly job to backup the boot partition.

B. Use the at command to schedule a weekly job to backup the System File Checker.

C. Use Windows Backup to schedule a backup of the System State data.

D. Use Windows Backup to schedule a backup of the system partition and the boot partition.

Answer: C

297. You are the administrator of your company's network. You run the Multilanguage version of Windows 2000 Professional on 1500 computers. Users can choose Chinese, English (US), German, Japanese, or Spanish as their language environment. A user named Suzanne wants to change her computer desktop and user interface from English to Japanese. She reports that she used Regional Options in Control Panel to install Japanese as a language preference. However, her computer desktop and user interface remain in English. What should you instruct Suzanne to do?

A. Set Japanese as the default language by using Regional Options in Control Panel.

B. Set Japanese as the default locale and keyboard layout/IME language by using Regional Options in Control Panel.

C. Select Japanese by using Regional Options in Control Panel. Then log off and log back on.

D. Select Japanese in the locale and keyboard layout/IME settings on the taskbar. Then install the code page conversion table.

Answer: C

298. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 network for Parnell Aerospace. You upgrade 10 computers from Windows 98 to Windows 2000 Professional. You want the computers to join the pamellaerospace.com domain. What should you do?

A. Log on to one of the Computers and create 10 unique Computer accounts in Active Directory.

B. Log on to each Computer and create the Computer account for each Computer when prompted to do so.

C. Log on to each Computer by using the domain Administrator account, join the domain, and then create the computer account for each Computer when prompted to do so.

D. Reconfigure TCP/IP on each Computer to ensure that the computers are on the same subnet as the domain controller for the parnellaerospace.com domain.

Answer: D

299. You upgrade all client computers on your network to Windows 2000 Professional. You then apply the Basicwk.inf security template to the computers. Now none of the users can run the company's database application.

What should you do?

A. Apply the Compatws.inf security template to the computers.

B. Delete the Basicwk.inf security template from the computers.

C. Use the System Policy Editor to configure a new security policy for the database application.

D. For each user account, allow Read permission to the database application.

Answer: A

300. You are installing Windows 2000 Professional on 25 computers. You want to prevent users from installing device drivers that might cause computers to become unstable. You want users to be able to install device drivers only for devices that are included on the current Hardware Compatibility List (HCL). What should you do?

A. Create a Local Computer Policy to enable Windows File Protection.

B. Create a Local Computer Policy to prevent users from installing device drivers.

C. Add Users to the Power Users local group rather than to the Administrators group.

D. Enable driver signing to prevent the installation of unsigned drivers, and set driver signing as a system default.

Answer: D

301. Roger is a new user in your company whom you have just created an account for. Roger logs on to his computer for the first time and is annoyed by the background that has been configured for his account. He attempts to change the background and is successful. After working for a couple of hours he logs off his computer and heads to lunch. When he returns from lunch, he logs on to his computer and notices that he now has the original background again. You receive a call from Roger who would like to know why this happened. What is the most likely explanation?

A. Roger does not have the appropriate permission to the bitmap file for the background he wishes to use. You must have at least Read permission to the file containing the background you wish to use.

B. Roger is not a member of the Power Users group. In order to make permanent changes to user settings, you must be a member of this group.

C. Roger's account has been configured with a mandatory profile. In this case, the user can still modify the desktop, but the changes are not saved when the user logs off.

D. Roger's account is a member of the Guest Users group. Members of the Guest Users group automatically have their changes discarded upon logoff.

Answer: C

302. Your network currently has a mixture of Windows 2000 Professional, Windows 95 and Windows 98 clients. The clients are distributed between four different subnets. Although you eventually plan to migrate your Windows 95 and Windows 98 clients to Windows 2000 Professional, the migration probably will not happen for at least another year. In the meantime you would like to allow all of the clients to be able to connect to all of the other clients and share data and printers. However, you want to minimize the amount of administration that must take place when a new computer is added to the network or when a computer's IP address is changed. What would be the best method of allowing these clients to interact using user-friendly NetBIOS names?

A. Create a DHCP server for the network and configure all of the client computers to use the DHCP server.

B. Create a DNS server for the network and configure all of the client computers to use the DNS server.

C. Create a WINS server for the network and configure all of the client computers to use the WINS server.

D. Configure all of the client computers to support multicasting.

E. Configure all of the client computers to use Automatic Private IP Addressing (APIPA).

F. Implement HOSTS files on all of the client computers.

G. Implement LMHOSTS files on all of the client computers.

Answer: C

303. You are creating two custom Microsoft Management Consoles (MMCs) for use on your company's network. The first console will be called "topadmin.msc" and will be used by top-level administrators to perform daily tasks on the network. The second console will be called "levelone.msc" and will be used to entry-level members of the support staff to perform limited troubleshooting functions. You would like the users of "topadmin.msc" to have the ability to make changes to the MMC including the ability to add or remove snap-ins, create new windows, create taskpad views and tasks, add items to the Favorites list, and view all portions of the console tree. You would like users of "levelone.msc" to have full access to the console tree and all window management commands. However, you want to prevent them from adding or removing snap-ins and from changing the console properties. Which of the following would be the best solution to achieve these objectives?

A. Configure "topadmin.msc" with an access level of "Author mode" and "levelone.msc" with an access level of "User mode - limited access, multiple window"

B. Configure "topadmin.msc" with an access level of "Author mode" and "levelone.msc" with an access level of "User mode - full access"

C. Configure "topadmin.msc" with an access level of "User mode - full access" and "levelone.msc" with an access level of "Author mode"

D. Configure "topadmin.msc" with an access level of "User mode - full access" and "levelone.msc" with an access level of "User mode - limited access, multiple window"

Answer: B

304. You have a Windows 95 computer with a Pentium 133, 64 MB of RAM, 2 GB of hard disk space, and a CD-ROM. The network adapter is not PXE boot ROM compliant. You want this computer to use Dfs since that will be a standard for everyone on the upgraded network. What should you do to enable Dfs on this machine?

A. Create a remote installation boot disk by running rbfg.exe. Upgrade the system to Windows 2000 Professional from the network installation source.

B. Use the PCI empty slot to add a new PXE boot ROM-compliant network adapter, set the BIOS to start from the network adapter card, and upgrade to Windows 2000 Professional.

C. Create the four boot floppies to run startup and use the CD-ROM drive to finish the upgrade to Windows 2000 Professional since this CD-ROM is too old to be bootable device.

D. Install Internet Exploer (IE) 4.01 or later and enable the Active Desktop components. Install the Directory Service Client.

Answer: A

305. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 network. Users in the engineering department run Windows 2000 Professional on their desktop Computers. The size of the department has recently expanded from five users to 10 users. Users need to be able to update files in a shared folder named CommonData. The folder is stored on a FAT 16 partition on one of the Windows 2000 Professional Computers on the network. The files in CommonData are published in the Active Directory so that other users in the company can refer to them. The network also uses Distributed File System (DFS) to simplify access to its user data. Users in the engineering department report that when they try to access CommonData, they receive the following error message: "CommonData is not accessible. No more connections can be made to this remote Computer at this time." You want to ensure that users can access the files. What should you do?

A. Move CommonData to FAT32 partition on the host Computer, and share it again.

B. Move CommonData to an NTFS partition on the host computer, and share it again.

C. Increase the user limit on the network share to the maximum allowed.

D. Increase the Clients Cache this Dfs referral value on the Dfs leafnode that describes the data.

Answer: C

306. You install the boot volume D on your Windows 2000 Server computer on dynamic Disk 0. You mirror volume D on dynamic Disk 1. One year later, during routing server maintenance, you open Disk Management and find that the status of volume D is Failed Redundancy. The status of Disk 1 is Online (Errors). A symbol with an exclamation point appears in the graphical view of the disk. You want to return the status of the boot volume to Healthy. What can you do? (Choose two.)

A. Break the mirror, delete the volume on Disk 1, and re-create the mirror.

B. Replace Disk 1, copy the data from the boot volume to the new disk, and then use Disk Management to rescan the disks.

C. Replace Disk 1, Ensure that the new disk is a basic disk, and repair the volume.

D. Reactivate the mirror on Disk 1.

E. Convert Disk 1 to a basic disk, and reconvert it to a dynamic disk.

Answer: A,D

307. Your Windows 2000 Server computer contains a stripe set with parity on a four-disk array. You convert the strip set with parity to a dynamic RAID-5 volume. Six months later, users report that disk access on the server is slower than it had been on the previous day, you use Disk Management and discover that the status of the third disk in the array is Missing. You want to recover the failed RAID-5 volume. What should you do first?

A. Replace the third disk and restart the server. Use disk Management to repair the volume.

B. Ensure that the third disk is attached to the server and has power. Use Disk Management to reactivate the disk.

C. Ensure that the third disk is attached to the server and has power. Use Disk Management to repair the volume.

D. Install a new disk and create a single extended partition on the new disk. Restart the computer and allow Windows 2000 to automatically repair the volume on the extended partition.

Answer: B

308. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 domain that has three domain controllers. Each day, you use Windows Backup to perform full backups of each domain controller. You run a script to make changes to account information in Active Directory. As a result of errors in the script, the incorrect user accounts are modified. Active Directory replication then replicates the changes to the other two domain controllers. You want to revert Active Directory to the version that was backed up the previous day. What should you do?

A. On a single domain controller, use Windows Backup to restore the System State data. Shut down and restart the computer.

B. Shut down and restart a single domain controller in directory services restore mode. Use Windows Backup to restore the System State data. Run the Ntdsutil utility. Restart the computer.

C. Shut down and restart a single domain controller by using the Recovery Console. Use Windows Backup to restore the System State data. Exit the Recovery Console. Restart the computer.

D. Shut down and restart each domain controller by using the Recovery Console. Use Windows Backup to restore the Sysvol folder. Exit the Recovery Console. Restart the computer.

Answer: B

309. Your network contains NetWare 4.0 Servers. You have successfully installed Client Service for NetWare on Windows 2000 Professional computers, and Gateway Service for NetWare on Windows 2000 Server Computers. You recently added a new Windows 2000 Server computer to the network and installed Gateway Service for NetWare on it. However, the server is unable to connect to any NetWare servers. What should you do on the new Windows 2000 Server computer to resolve this problem?

A. Enable NWLink NetBIOS.

B. Configure the NWLink IPX/SPX/NetBIOS Compatible Transport Protocol to use the correct Ethernet frame type.

C. Install RIP routing for IPX.

D. Install the SAP Agent.

Answer: B

310. You are the administrator of your company's network. Peter is going on a trip and wants to optimize the battery life of his Windows 2000 Professional portable computer. He is concerned that he will run out of battery life and his system will crash. You want to configure his computer to save the contents of memory to hard disk and then to shut down when he presses the sleep button.

What should you do?

A. Configure the power settings to use the Standby option.

B. Configure the power settings to use the Power Off option.

C. Configure the power settings to use the Hibernate option.

D. Configure the computer to use the Always On power scheme.

E. Configure the computer to use the Portable/Laptop power scheme.

Answer: C

311. You are configuring a Windows 2000 Professional portable computer to use a dial-up connection to connect to a Routing and Remote Access server. The computer has a smart card reader and the appropriate drivers installed.

You use MMC to request a new certificate. You install the certificate to the smart card. You now want to use your smart card for authentication when you connect to the RRAS server. You want to use the Advanced Security Settings dialogue box as shown in the exhibit.

See the exhibit.

Which option or options should you enable in the dialogue box? (Choose all that apply).

A. Use Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP).

B. Unencrypted Password (PAP).

C. Shiva Password Authentication Protocol (SPAP).

D. Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP).

E. MS-CHAP.

F. MS-CHAP v2.

G. For MS-CHAP based protocols, automatically use my Windows logon name and password.

Answer: A

312. You use your Windows 2000 Professional computer to transfer 20 large files. Each file is 100MB in size.

You want to copy the files from a UNIX server in your branch office to a computer running Microsoft SQL Server at the main office.

When you copy the files using Windows Explorer, the connection appears to time out and the file copy is aborted. You suspect that you are encountering a TCP/IP performance problem.

Your network connection is shown in the Xircom LAN Properties dialog box in the exhibit.

You want to monitor the performance of TCP/IP on your computer. What should you do?

A. Install the Network Monitor Agent. Use the Performance console to view all the counters of the TCP object.

B. Install the Network Monitor Agent. Use the Performance console to view the Fragmented Datagrams/Sec counter.

C. Install SNMP. Use the Performance console to view all the counters of the TCP object.

D. Install simple TCP/IP services. Use the Performance console to view the Fragmentation Failures counter.

Answer: C

313. You are the administrator of your company's network. You want to install Windows 2000 Professional on 10 non PXE compliant computers on the marketing segment on the network.

See the exhibit.

You start one of the computers by using a RIS boot disk. You find that the computer cannot connect to the RIS Server.

You verify that the existing client computers on the network can connect to the network servers, including the RIS Server.

The network router does not support BOOTP, so existing client computers use manually configured TCP/IP addresses. You want to enable the computers to connect to the RIS Server.

What should you do?

A. Add a computer running a DHCP Relay Agent to the Marketing segment.

B. Add a computer running the Network Monitor driver to the Marketing segment.

C. Move the Windows 2000 Server computer running WINS to the Marketing segment.

D. Move the Windows 2000 Server computer running Active Directory to the Marketing segment.

Answer: A

314. You are adding a Windows 2000 Professional computer named Client2 to your network. Your network consists of a single domain named CORP. CORP is configured as shown in the exhibit.

See the exhibit.

All computers use TCP/IP as the only network protocol. You want users on Client2 to access shared resources on ServerA. You also want Client2 to be a member of the CORP domain.

What should you do? (Choose all that apply).

A. Create an account for Client2 on ServerA.

B. Create an account for Client2 in the CORP domain.

C. Configure the router to support BOOTP.

D. Configure Client2 to have an IP address of 10.10.20.78 and a default gateway of 10.10.20.1.

E. Configure Client2 to have an IP address of 10.10.20.133 and a default gateway of 10.10.13.1.

F. Configure Client2 to have an IP address of 10.10.30.200 and a default gateway of 10.10.20.1.

Answer: B,D

النوع الثانى بالأجابات مع التعليل والله الموفق

test1

#1 (072100111).

Anna has configured a test machine on her network to dual-boot between Windows 98 and Windows 2000 Professional. She has one physical hard drive and the current partition scheme is as follows:

C: - FAT, contains Windows 98 system files

D: - FAT, contains Windows 2000 system files

E: - FAT, contains data that must be accessed from both operating systems

In order to increase the performance and security of her systems, she does the following things:

1. Converts the E: drive to FAT 32.

2. Converts the D: drive to NTFS.

3. Converts the disk to a dynamic disk

After making all of these changes which of the following will she be able to do? Choose all that apply.

A. Configure folder and file-level security on the D: drive.

B. Use Windows 2000 Professional to access data on the E: drive.

C. Use Windows 98 to access data on the E: drive.

D. Configure disk quotas for the E: drive

#2 (072100107).

James would like to install Windows 2000 Professional on his desktop at work. He lists the following characteristics of his current machine:

-Pentium II 350 Mhz

-64 MB of RAM

-1.2 GB hard disk, 450 MB of free space

James asks you if his system is sufficient to install Windows 2000 to. What would you tell him?

A. Yes. According to Microsoft's documentation, his system meets the minimum system requirements for running Windows 2000 Professional.

B. No. According to Microsoft's documentation, his system will need to have the processor upgraded before installing Windows 2000 Professional.

C. No. According to Microsoft's documentation, his system will need to have the memory upgraded before installing Windows 2000 Professional.

D. No. According to Microsoft's documentation, his system will need to have the hard disk upgraded before installing Windows 2000 Professional.

#3 (072100108). You want to Remote Installation Services (RIS) to remotely deploy Windows 2000 Professional to 500 desktops in your company. Which of the following services do NOT need to be available somewhere on the network in order for RIS to function properly? Choose all that apply.

A. Certificate Services

B. DNS Service

C. DHCP Service

D. WINS Service

E. Active Directory Service

F. Terminal Services (Remote Administration Mode

#4 (702100103).

Sally, a member of the Marketing group and the Managers group, is attempting to access a file that is stored on one of her company's servers. The file is shared out on a volume that has been formatted with the NTFS file system. The share permissions and NTFS permissions are as follows:

Share Permissions:

Sally - Change

Managers - Full Control

Marketing - Read

NTFS Permissions (for the folder and all contents of the folder):

Managers - Read

Finance - No Access

What will Sally's effective permission be to the folder and its contents?

A. Full Control

B. Change (Read, Write, Execute and Delete)

C. Read

D. No Access

#5 (072100104). On your network you have configured a print server with the name of Prntsrv7 that is a member of the nwtraders.msft domain. You have installed a printer on Prntsrv7 and given it the name HPLaser5. You would like to enable your Windows 2000 Professional clients to connect to HPLaser5 through their web browser. Assuming that no additional configuration has been done, what would be the correct URL to enter to access this printer through a browser?

A. http://www.nwtraders.msft/printers/HPLaser5

B. http://www.nwtraders.msft/HPLaser5

C. http://Prntsrv7/HPLaser5

D. http://Prntsrv7/printer.HPLaser5

#6 (072100112). Upon arriving at work one morning, you find that some of your users are complaining about connectivity problems. It turns out that they can communicate fine with some of the other machines on their network segment, but are having trouble communicating with other machines. Furthermore, they are unable to access any network resources on other segments. What is most likely the issue here and how would you best resolve it?

A. There is no default gateway available. Use the Ping and Tracert utilities to test connectivity. Make sure that the router for the segment is functioning properly.

B. The machines are likely configured with static IP addresses. Change the machines over to DHCP clients to fix the problem.

C. Some machines may have received Automatic Private IP Addresses. Use the Ipconfig utility to determine what IP addresses they have been assigned and check to see if a functioning DHCP server is available for their segment.

D. Make sure that a WINS Server is available for all of the clients on the segment. Windows 2000 clients rely heavily on NetBIOS resolution and the lack of an available WINS Server could cause connectivity problems

#7 (072100109).

Ronald would like to configure his Windows 2000 Professional computer to support multiple monitors to make it easier for him to view a large spreadsheet that he is working on. To enable multiple monitors, he performs the following steps:

1. Turns off his computer.

2. Inserts an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) video adapter into an available slot.

3. Plugs the additional monitor into the card.

4. Turns on his computer.

When he goes to configure the properties for multiple monitors, he is unable to extend his desktop onto both monitors. What is the reason for this?

A. Windows 2000 Professional does not support multiple monitor capabilities. Only the Windows 2000 Server family supports multiple monitors.

B. To use the multiple monitor support feature, you need a PCI or AGP video adapter for each monitor. Windows 2000 does not provide multiple monitor support for ISA video adapters.

C. Ronald designated the wrong monitor as the primary monitor. It is necessary to always configure the first monitor installed on a computer to be the primary monitor.

D. The primary monitor was not set to SVGA. If you have an onboard video adapter that you want to use as art of a multiple-monitor configuration, it must be set as SVGA

#8 (072100110).

You would like to have all of the users in the Finance department of your company to have Excel installed on their computers. All members of the Finance department currently reside in an organizational unit named Finance and all use Windows 2000 Professional as their client operating system.

You decide to use Group Policies to publish Excel to the Finance organizational unit. When prompted, you enter server1excel where the path is the location of an .msi file that will install and configure Excel on the users' desktops. The next morning the users log on to their computers but Excel does not appear in their Programs menu. What is the best explanation for this behavior?

A. You attempted to push the application to an organizational unit rather than a group. Group Policies can only be applied to users, groups and computers in Windows 2000.

B. You published the application rather than assigning the application. By design, published applications will not appear in the Programs menu but rather can be installed through the Control Panel or through document invocation.

C. You specified a network location as the location of the .msi file for Excel. In order for Group Policies to function properly, you must specify a location on the local hard drive of the server containing the .msi file.

D. You have not given the Finance users the necessary permissions to install applications on their computers. When using an .msi file to install an application, the application will install in the security context of the user who is currently logged on. If a user does not have permissions to install an application, the application will not appear in his or her Programs menu

#9 (072100105). You are responsible for adminstering a small network for your company. There are 150 desktops in the company that have Windows 2000 Professional installed. You would like users of those machines to maintain the same settings and have the same logon script run regardless of which machine they log into. Which would be the best way of accomplishing this?

A. Configure the machines in a workgroup. Set up individual profiles and logon scripts for each user account on their individual machine. Configure File Replication Service (FRS) in Windows 2000 to replicate the profiles and logon scripts to all other machines in the workgroup.

B. Configure the machines in a workgroup. Set up local profiles and a local policy for logon scripts on each individual machine. Configure the policy to run the logon script from a centralized network location.

C. Configure the machines in a domain. Set up each user account and configure the desktop settings for that user. Configure the profile information to be copied to all of the domain controllers in the domain using FRS.

D. Configure the machines in a domain. Set up each user account with a roaming profile and configure a domain policy for logon scripts

#10 (702100106).

You are the network administrator for a small branch office of a large multinational company. On one of your servers you have a folder called AcctInfo that users access over the network. It is configured with the following permissions:

NTFS permissions:

Administrators - Allow Full Control

Accountants - Allow Modify

Users - Allow Read

Shared Folder permissions:

Administrators - Allow Full Control

Users - Allow Read, Allow Change

Due to a recent security breach, you have six files within the AcctInfo folder that you temporarily do not want anyone other than Administrators to have access to. You wish to change the permissions to prevent access to these files without affecting access to any of the other files with the AcctInfo folder. What would be the best way to do this?

A. Remove the NTFS permissions from the AcctInfo folder for the Accountants group and the Users group.

B. Remove the NTFS permissions from the six files within the AcctInfo folder for the Accountants group and the Users group.

C. Add the NTFS permission Deny Full Control to the Everyone group for the AcctInfo folder.

D. Remove the shared folder permissions from the AcctInfo folder for the Users group.

E. Remove the shared folder permissions from the six files within the AcctInfo folder for the Users group

#11 (702100101). Walter would like to make boot disks to use to install Windows 2000 as he has several machines on his network that do not support booting from the CD-Rom drive. To create the boot disks, Walter uses the "winnt32" command with the /OX switch. Rather than launching the utility to create the boot disks, he is prompted with the Windows 2000 Help screen. What is the best explanation for this?

A. Walter is not a member of the Enterprise Administrators group. Only members of the Enterprise Administrators have the ability to create boot disks on a Windows 2000 system.

B. Walter was using an improper command. The "winnt" (rather than "winnt32") command should be used to create boot disks on a Windows 2000 system.

C. Walter was using an improper command. The "winnt32 /ox" no longer is used to make boot disks in Windows 2000. Walter instead should run the "rbfg.exe" utility.

D. Walter was using an improper command. The "winnt32 /ox" no longer is used to make boot disks inWindows 2000. Walter instead should run the "makeboot.exe" utility

#12 (702100102). On your Windows 2000 Professional computer you are encountering errors. Although you do not have the Windows 2000 Recovery Console installed on your system you would like to boot into the Recovery Console and replace some of the system files. What are the two methods of running the Recovery Console in Windows 2000?

A. Install the Recovery Console by running winnt32 /cmdcons on the computer. Restart the computer and choose the Recovery Console option from the boot selection menu.

B. From the command prompt, run the reccom.exe utility.

C. From Control Panel, choose Add/Remove Programs, select Add/Remove Windows Components and check the box for Recovery Console. Restart the computer and choose the Recovery Console option from the boot selection menu.

D. Run the Recovery Console from your Windows 2000 Setup disks or from the Windows 2000 Professional CD by choosing the Repair option.

E. Restart your computer. When you see the message "Please select the operating system to start", press F8. Select Windows 2000 Recovery Console from the menu

Answers :

1- Correct Answers are: AB

Explanation:

You use NTFS permissions to specify which users and groups can gain access to files and folders and what they can do with the contents of the file or folder. NTFS permissions are available only on NTFS volumes. NTFS permissions are not available on volumes that are formatted with FAT or FAT32 file systems.

Windows 2000 supports three files systems: Windows 2000 file system (NTFS), file allocation table (FAT), and FAT 32.

If you dual booting with another operating system such as Windows 95 or Windows 98 and you convert your drive to a dynamic disk, these operating systems will no longer run. Only Windows 2000 can access a dynamic disk.

Disk quotas can be applied only to Windows 2000 NTFS volumes.

Windows 2000 Professional Training Kit (MS Press)

pages 29, 147, 310, 419

2- Correct Answer is: D

Explanation:

Here are the minimum system requirements for running Windows 2000 Professional.

-133 MHz or higher Pentium-compatible CPU.

-64 megabytes (MB) of RAM recommended minimum; more memory generally improves responsiveness.

-2GB hard disk with a minimum of 650MB of free space

3- Correct Answers are: ADF

Explanation:

RIS is available only on computers running one of the Windows 2000 Server family of products. The RIS server can be a domain controller or a member server. The following network services don't have to be installed on the same computer as RIS, but they must be available somewhere on the network.

DNS Service - RIS relies on the DNS server for locating both the directory service and client computer accounts.

DHCP Service - Client computers that can perform a network boot receive an IP address from the DHCP server.

Active Directory directory services - RIS relies on the directory services based on Active Directory technology in Windows 2000 for existing client computers as well as existing RIS servers.

Windows 2000 Professional Training Kit (MS Press)

pages 543-545

4- Correct Answer is: C

Explanation:

The appropriate way to determine effective permissions to a resource is illustrated in the three steps below:

1. Determine the effective share-level permission. The effective share-level permission will be the least restrictive permission of all of those assigned to a user or to groups that the user is a member of. The exception is the No Access permission which will override all other permissions.

2. Determine the effective NTFS permission. The effective NTFS permission will be the cumulative of all of the NTFS permissions assigned to the user and to groups that the user is a member of. The exception is if there are any Deny permissions assigned. Deny permissions will override Allow permissions.

3. The effective overall permission will be the most restrictive of the effective share-level permission and the effective NTFS permission. In the above question, the effective share-level permission would be Full Control for Sally. The effective NTFS permission would be Read for Sally. The most restrictive of Full Control and Read would be Read which is Sally's effective permission to the resource.

Microsoft Official Curriculum, Course 2152B, Module 7, Page 13

5- Correct Answer is: C

Explanation:

To connect to a printer with a browser

1. Open Internet Explorer, or open Printers

2. In the Address bar, type one of the following:

* If you do not know the printer name, type the following, using the format:

http://PrintServerName/printers/

For example, type http://PrintSrv7/printers to receive a page listing all the printers, and then click the printer you want.

If you know the printer name, type its URL using the format:

http://PrintServerName/PrinterName/

For example, type http://PrintSrv7/HPLaser5/ to go directly to that printer's page.

When viewing the printer's page, click Connect to connect to that printer.

http://windows.microsoft.com/windows2000/e...en/server/help/

To connect to a printer with a browser

6- Correct Answer is: C

Explanation:

Automatic Private IP Addressing can assign a TCP/IP address to DHCP clients automatically. However, Automatic Private IP Addressing doesn't generate all the information that typically is provided by DHCP,such as the address of a default gateway.

Consequently, computers enabled with Automatic Private IP Addressing can communicate only with computers on the same subnet that also have addresses of the form 169.254.x.y (addresses that have also been assigned through Automatic Private IP Addressing).

Windows 2000 Professional Training Kit (MS Press)

pages 158-165

7- Correct Answer is: B

Explanation:

To install additional monitors:

1. Turn off your computer.

2. Insert your additional Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) or Accelerated Graphics Port (AGP) video adapter into an available slot.

3. Plug your additional monitor into the card.

4. Turn on your computer. Windows 2000 will detect the new video adapter and install the appropriate drivers.

5. Open Display in Control Panel.

6. On the Settings tab, click the monitor icon that represents the monitor you want to use in addition to your primary monitor.

7. Select the Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor check box, and then click Apply or OK.

To use the multiple monitor support feature, you need a PCI or AGP video adapter for each monitor.

http://windows.microsoft.com/windows2000/e...fessional/help/

To install additional monitors

8- Correct Answer is: B

Explanation:

With Windows 2000's new Software Installation and Maintenance capability, you can either assign or publish an application to a user. If you assign an application to a user it will be advertised on each user's computer in the Programs menu. It is not actually installed on the computer but only will be installed if you a user attempts to run the application.

If you publish an application, the application will not be advertised on the user's desktop. The two methods of invoking the installation of a published application are either to use the Add/Remove programs in Control Panel or to click on a file for which you associated its file extension with the application.

http://windows.microsoft.com/windows2000/e...fessional/help/

Software Installation

9- Correct Answer is: D

Explanation:

There are two major types of profiles in Windows 2000. The first is a local profile. A local profile is created the first time you log on to a computer and is stored on a computer's local hard disk. Any changes made to your local user profile will be specific to the computer in which you made the changes.

The second is a roaming profile. A roaming profile is created by your system administrator and is stored on a server. This profile is available every time you log on to any computer on the network. Any changes made to your roaming user profile will be updated on the server.

Although logon scripts can be assigned directly to a user account in Windows 2000, the recommended method of assigning logon scripts is through policies.

http://windows.microsoft.com/windows2000/e...fessional/help/

Understanding user profiles

10- Correct Answer is: B

Explanation:

NTFS permissions that are assigned to a folder are inherited by all of the folders and files that it contains. If you wanted to remove permissions from specific files you must configure permissions at the file level rather than the folder level.

You can deny permission to a user account or group for a specific file, although this is not the recommended way to control access to resources. Even if a user has permission to gain access to the file or folder as a member of a group, denying permission to the user blocks any other permission that the user might have.

Shared folder permissions apply to folders, not individual files. Since you can apply shared folder permissions only to the entire shared folder, and not to individual files or subfolders in the shared folder, shared folder permissions provide less detailed security than NTFS permissions.

Windows 2000 Professional Training Kit (MS Press)

pages 312-320, 345-349

11- Correct Answer is: D

Explanation:

The "winnt /OX" and "winnt32 /OX" commands that are used to create Setup boot disks with Microsoft Windows NT 4.0 and earlier do not work with Windows 2000.

In Windows 2000, the "winnt32 /OX" command starts Help, giving you more information about Winnt32.exe.

To create a set of Setup boot disks, run Makeboot.exe from the Bootdisk folder on the Windows 2000 CD-ROM

12- Correct Answers are: AD

Explanation:

The Windows 2000 Recovery Console is a command-line console that you can start from the Windows 2000 Setup program. Using the Recovery Console, you can start and stop services, format drives, read and write data on a local drive (including drives formatted to use NTFS), and perform many other administrative tasks. You may find the Recovery Console useful if you need to repair your system by copying a file from a floppy disk or CD-ROM to your hard drive, or if you need to reconfigure a service that is preventing your computer from starting properly. You must be an administrator to use the Recovery Console.

There are two ways to start the Recovery Console:

1. If you are unable to start your computer, you can run the Recovery Console from your Windows 2000 Setup disks or from the Windows 2000 Professional CD (if you can start your computer from your CD-ROM drive).

2. You can install the Recovery Console on your computer to make it available in case you are unable to restart Windows 2000. You can then select the Recovery Console option from the list of available operating systems

test2

#1 (702100208). Ross is looking to enhance system performance on his Windows 2000 Professional machine. He often runs several memory-intensive applications. He is looking for a way to optimize the paging process on his system and thereby increase application responsiveness. Which of the following are ways that Ross can optimize page file performance? Choose all that apply.

A. Increase the page file size or configure multiple page files on separate hard disks.

B. Configure the initial page file size to be the same as the maximum page file size to reduce fragmentation of the page file.

C. Make sure to keep the page file on the same physical hard drive as the operating system files.

D. Always make sure that the maximum page file size is less than or equal to the Maximum Registry Size as configured in the Virtual Memory dialog box

#2 (702100210). You are the administrator for a company with a small single-domain network with 5 Windows 2000 Servers (2 of which are domain controllers), 40 Windows 2000Professional clients and 40 Windows 98 clients. A user calls and complains that he cannot access a share located on the server named "NYServer1". He says that he receives an error message reading that the share name is not accessible and that access is denied. Realizing that this is likely a case of incorrectly configured permissions, you would like to remotely view the permissions of the share from your computer running Windows 2000 Professional with the Administrative Tools installed. Which of the following is the correct way to do this?

A. From the Administrative Tools menu choose Computer Management and change to focus to NYServer1. Expand Shared Folders, display the shares and view the properties of the share in question.

B. From the Administrative Tools menu choose Server Manager. Select NYServer1 from the list of computers and click the Shares button. View the properties of the share in question.

C. Connect to NYServer1 using a path of NYServer1C$ where "C" is the drive letter that the share is located on. Right-click the folder name and choosing "Sharing". View the properties of the share in question.

D. Connect to NYServer1 using a path of NYServer1sharename where "sharename" is the name of the share in question. From the File menu, select Properties and view the permissions for the share

#3 (702100212). Roger is setting up dial-up connections for a group of users on the network that he administers. He would like to configure the dial-up connection to require data encryption for all connections. Which of the following protocols support data encryption? Choose all that apply.

A. MS-CHAP

B. MS-CHAP v2

C. PAP

D. SPAP

E. CHAP

F. EAP/TLS

#4 (702100202).

Your Windows 2000 Professional desktop is experiencing slow performance when you run several resource-intensive applications. The desktop has the following specifications:

-Pentium II 350 Mhz Processor

-128 MB of RAM

-EIDE Hard Drive

While viewing System Monitor, you notice average values for the following statistics:

Memory - Pages/Sec: 5

Physical Disk - % Disk Time: 20%

Processor - % Processor Time: 90%

What would be the best step to take to improve system performance?

A. Increase the CPU priority for all applications

B. Add a second CPU to the system

C. Upgrade the hard drive to a SCSI hard drive

D. Increase the amount of RAM in the system

#5 (702100203). You are have installed Windows 2000 onto a machine previously running Windows 98. You have three separate partitions on the same physical hard disk. The C: drive contains the Windows 98 operating system files and is formatted with FAT16. The D: drive contains the Windows 2000 operating system files and is formatted with NTFS. The E: drive contains data that will be accessed from both operating systems and is formatted with FAT16. Which of the following should you not do? Choose all that apply:

A. Convert the E: drive to NTFS.

B. Use EFS to encrypt files on the D: drive that will be accessed when the machine is booted into Windows 2000.

C. Create a shared folder on the D: drive that will be accessed over the network from a different machine running Windows 98.

D. Convert the disk to a dynamic disk

#6 (702100204). The Encrypting File System (EFS) provides the core file encryption technology used to store encrypted files on NTFS file system volumes. Which of the following is true about EFS in Windows 2000? Choose all that apply.

A. Only the user who encrypts a file can modify it unless it is decrypted by an authorized data recovery agent.

B. An encrypted file can be read by multiple users as long as those users have the NTFS Read permission to the file.

C. System files can be encrypted.

D. Anyone with delete permission has the ability to delete an encrypted file even if the person attempting to perform the deletion was not the person who originally encrypted the file

#7 (702100206). Which of the following operating systems can be upgraded directly to the final release of Windows 2000 Professional? Choose all that apply.

A. Windows 3.1

B. Windows 95

C. Windows 98

D. Windows NT Workstation 3.51

E. Windows NT Workstation 4.0

F. Windows 2000 Professional Beta 3

G. Windows 2000 Professional Release Candidate 2 (RC2)

H. Red Hat Linux 6.2

I. Mac OS 9

#8 (702100209). You are about to upgrade your machine that is currently running Windows 98 to Windows 2000 Professional. You wish to perform a check on your system to verify that all of the hardware in your system is compatible with the Windows 2000 platform. Which of the following commands could you use to accomplish this? Choose all that apply.

A. winnt32 /checkupgradeonly

B. winnt32 /hardwarecheck

C. chkupgrd.exe

D. dcpromo.exe

E. risetup.exe

F. riprep.exe

#9 (702100211). When you install software on a computer, system files can be overwritten by unsigned or incompatible versions which can cause system instability. One feature of Windows 2000 Professional which can help to prevent this is File System Verification. If you wish to set file signature verification options so that all users of a computer are prevented from installing unsigned drivers in the future, which of the following tasks should you perform? Choose all that apply.

A. In System Properties in Control Panel, click Hardware, click Driver Signing and choose Warn.

B. In System Properties in Control Panel, click Hardware, click Driver Signing and choose Ignore.

C. In System Properties in Control Panel, click Hardware, click Driver Signing and choose Block.

D. While logged on as a member of the Administrators group, run the following sfc.exe utility with the /scanonce switch.

E. While logged on as a member of the Administrators group, access Driver Signing and click "Apply setting as system default".

#10 (702100201). The President of XYZ Corporation has just made the decision to fire Bob. It is expected that within a week or two a replacement will be found for Bob who requires exactly the same permissions and rights as Bob was assigned. You had previously assigned Bob's account many individual rights and permissions and are looking for the easiest way to accomplish this. Which of the following would work the best?

A. Rename Bob's account to the name of the newly hired replacement. Reset the password on the account assigning a random initial password and check the box for "User Must Change Password at Next Logon".

B. Simply copy Bob's account and configure the new account with the name of Bob's replacement.

C. Make sure to delete Bob's old account. Create a new account for Bob's replacement. Give the new account the same rights and permissions as Bob's old account had.

D. Create a new account for Bob's replacement using User Manager for Domains. Copy over Bob's profile informations by selecting the appropriate folder from C:Documents and Settings and copying it to the folder of Bob's replacement in the same directory

#11 (702100205).

You have a system configured to dual-boot between Windows 98 and Windows 2000 Professional. You are currently booted into Windows 2000 Professional and wish to convert one of your partitions (your E: drive) from the FAT16 file system to the FAT32 file system. To do so you enter the following command from the command prompt:

convert e: /fs:fat32

After restarting the computer, the conversion process appears to begin but then you receive the message "FAT32 is not supported" and the conversion attempt fails. Why did the conversion attempt fail?

A. The FAT32 file system is not supported by Windows 2000. Windows 2000 only supports the FAT16 and NTFS file systems.

B. You cannot convert partitions in Windows 2000 Professional. In order to support the conversion of partitions to the FAT32 file system you must be running Windows 2000 Server, Windows 2000 Advanced Server or Windows 2000 Datacenter Server.

C. You cannot convert a partition from FAT16 to FAT32 in Windows 2000. Windows 2000 only allows conversion of FAT16 to the NTFS file system.

D. The disk on which the partition resides was not a dynamic disk. In order to convert a partition to FAT32 on a Windows 2000 computer, the disk must first be converted from a basic disk to a dynamic disk.

#12 (702100207). 50 clients on your network are currently connected to a printer named Laser6 on a print server named PrntSrv1. The print device connected to the printer named Laser6 is malfunctioning. You want to be able to continue to allow your clients to print on the network. You have another printer named Laser7 on a print server named PrntSrv2. You would like to reconfigure your clients to print to Laser7 instead of Laser6. Which is the easiest way of accomplishing this?

A. From the Printers folder, choose Server Properties from the File menu and click the Advanced tab. Change the default location to PrntSrv2Laser7.

B. Rename the shared printer Laser6 to Laser7.

C. From the Printer properties, click Add Port, choose Local Port, click New Port and enter the name PrntSrv2Laser7.

D. At each client computer, remove the printer named Laser 6. Add a new printer and configure to the path to the new printer as PrntSrv2Laser7

Answers :

1- Correct Answers are: AB

Explanation:

You can enhance your system's performance in serveral ways. First, if your computer has multiple hard disks, you can create a paging file for each disk. Distributing information across multiple paging files improves performance because the hard disk controller can read from and write to multiple hard disks simultaneously. When attempting to write to the paging file, VMM tries to write the page data to the paging file on the disk that is the least busy.

Second, you can enhance your system's performance by moving the paging file off the drive that contains the Windows 2000 systemroot folder (by default, the Winnt folder). Moving the paging file off the drive containing the boot partition avoids competition between the various reading and writing requests. If you place a paging file on the Windows 2000 system partition to facilitate recovery, you can still increase performance by creating multiple paging files. Because the VMM alternates write operations between paging files, the paging file on the boot partition is accessed less frequently.

Third, you can enhance your system's performance by setting the initial size of the paging file to the value displayed in the Virtual Memory dialog box's Maximum Size box. This eliminates the time required to enlarge the file from the initial size to the maximum size.

3- Correct Answers are: ABF

Explanation:

Remote access connections, whether they be dial-up or virtual private network connections can be configured to enforce various levels of password authentication and data encryption. Security considerations and usability issues play the determining factors as to which methods of authentication and encryption to require. Authentication methods range from unencrytped to custom, such as the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP).

Data is only encrypted if MS-CHAP, MS-CHAP v2, or EAP/TLS authentication is negotiated. These are the only authentication protocols that generate their own initial encryption keys, which are required for encryption

4- Correct Answer is: B

Explanation:

In general, deciding whether or not performance is acceptable is a subjective judgment that varies significantly with variations in user environments. The values you establish as the baselines for your organization are the best basis for comparison.

Acceptable values for counters

Object - Counter: Memory - Pages/Sec

Suggested Threshold: 20

Object - Counter: Physical Disk - % Disk Time

Suggested Threshold: 90%

Object - Counter: Processor - % Processor Time

Suggested Threshold: 90%

Tips for solving processor performance problems:

1. Add a processor (especially for multithreaded programs), or upgrade to a faster processor.

2. On multiprocessor computers, manage the processor affinity with respect to process threads and interrupts.

http://windows.microsoft.com/windows2000/e...fessional/help/

"Determining acceptable values for counters" and "Solving performance problems

5- Correct Answers are: AD

Explanation:

Windows 2000 and Windows NT are the only operating systems that can access data on a local hard disk that is formatted with NTFS.

A dynamic disk is a physical disk that contains dynamic volumes created using Disk Management. Dynamic disks can contain an unlimited number of volumes, so you are not restricted to four volumes per disk. Dynamic disks cannot contain partitions or logical drives, and dynamic disks are not supported on portable computers. Use dynamic disks if your computer runs only Windows 2000 as they will render the entire disk unreadable to operating systems other than Windows 2000

6- Correct Answers are: AD

Explanation:

Here's some things to keep in mind when you work with EFS in Windows 2000:

- Only the user who encrypted the file can open it.

- You cannot share encrypted files. EFS is not for distributing private data.

- System files cannot be encrypted.

- Encrypting a folder or file does not protect against deletion. Anyone with delete permission can delete encrypted folders or files.

7- Correct Answers are: BCDEG

Explanation:

Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT Workstation 3.51,Windows NT Workstation 4.0, and Windows 2000 Professional Release Candidates 1 through 3 all provide support for a one-step upgrade to the final release of Windows 2000 Professional. Windows 3.1, Windows 2000 Professional Beta 3 and non-Windows operating systems do not provide support for a one-step upgrade

8- Correct Answers are: AC

Explanation:

winnt32 /checkupgradeonly checks your computer for upgrade compatibility with Windows 2000. For Windows 95 or Windows 98 upgrades, Setup creates a report named Upgrade.txt in the Windows installation folder. For Windows NT 3.51 or 4.0 upgrades, it saves the report to the Winnt32.log in the installation folder.

The Windows 2000 Readiness Analyzer tool analyzes your system and reports potentially incompatible hardware devices and software applications. The tool compares the devices and applications on your system against a list of known issues. Although this check also occurs during Windows 2000 Setup, you can download and run the tool before installing Windows 2000 to help ensure your installation will succeed. The utility used to run the Windows 2000 Readiness Analyzer is called Chkupgrd.exe

9- Correct Answers are: CE

Explanation:

To prevent the future installation of unsigned drivers do the following:

1. Open System in Control Panel.

2. Click the Hardware tab, and then click Driver Signing.

3. Under File signature verification, click one of the following:

-Click Block to prevent an installation program from installing device drivers without a digital signature.

If you are a logged on as an administrator or as a member of the Administrators group, click Apply setting as system default to apply the selected setting as the default for all users who log on to this computer.

System File Checker (sfc.exe) is a command line utility that scans and verifies the versions of all protected system files after you restart your computer.

10- Correct Answer is: A

Explanation:

Because it retains its security identifier (SID), a renamed user account retains all its other properties, such as its description, password, group memberships, user environment profile, account information, and any assigned permissions and rights.

Always require new users to change their passwords the first time they log on. This will force them to use passwords that only they know. For added security on networks, create random initial passwords for all new user accounts by using a combination of letters and numbers. Creating a random initial password will help keep the user account secure

11- Correct Answer is: C

Explanation:

This behavior occurs because Windows 2000 does not have a process for converting a partition from FAT16 to FAT32. The only conversion process Windows 2000 supports is converting from FAT16 or FAT32 to the Windows NT file system (NTFS).

If you type convert /? at a command prompt, there is not an option to convert to the FAT32 file system.

If you dual boot, you can use the Windows 95/98 drive converter tool in System Tools, or the following command-line tool:

cvt drive: /cvt32

12- Correct Answer is: C

Explanation:

You can redirect documents to a different printer. For example, if a printer is connected to a faulty print device, redirect the documents so that users don't need to resubmit them. You can redirect all print jobs for a printer, but you can't redirect specific documents. The new printer must use the same printer as the current printer.

You can redirect documents to a different printer as follows:

1. Open the Printers window, right-click the printer, and then click Properties.

2. In the properties dialog box, click the Ports tab.

3. Click Add Port.

4. In the Available Port Types list, click Local Port, and then click the New Port button.

5. In the Port Name dialog box, in the Enter A Port Name box, type the UNC name for the printer to which you are redirecting documents (for example, prntsrv6HPLaser5).

6. Click OK to close the Port Name dialog box.

7. Click Close to close the Printer Ports dialog box.

8. Click Close to close the printer's Properties dialog box

test 3

#1 (702100304).

You have several developers on your network that need to test applications in both Windows 2000 and Windows NT 4.0. They currently have Windows NT 4.0 Workstation installed on their computers. They will be installing Windows 2000 Professional on a separate partition (D:) and dual-booting between the two operating sytems.

After installing Windows 2000 on D: and converting the partition to NTFS, what must be done to ensure that the developers can access data on the D: drive when booted into Windows NT Workstation?

A. You must upgrade the disk to a dynamic disk. In order to allow other operating systems access to volumes that have been formatted as NTFS under Windows 2000, the disk must first be converted to a dynamic disk.

B. You must upgrade the installation of Windows NT Workstation to Service Pack 4 or greater. Compatability with the new version of NTFS used in Windows 2000 is provided to Windows NT 4.0 systems by Service Pack 4 and later Service Packs.

C. You must add the special group Everyone to the Pre-Windows 2000 Compatible Access security group. In order to provide users running Windows NT 4.0 access to volumes that have been formatted as NTFS under Windows 2000, you must weaken permissions in this fashion.

D. You cannot grant access to volumes that have been formatted as NTFS under Windows 2000 to users who are running Windows NT 4.0. If you wish to grant access to these users, you must convert the volume to either FAT or FAT32 from Disk Manager

#2 (702100305).

You are currently changing the location of some files on one of the servers on your network. Your server has three partitions (C:, D: and E:). C: and D: are formatted with NTFS while E: is formatted with FAT32. The files are currently located on the D: drive in a folder named CorpDocs. The permissions on CorpDocs are set as follows:

Administrators = Full Control

Authenticated Users = Read

Managers (Global Group) = Read and Write

Which of the following statements regarding transferring files is correct?

A. Files moved to the C: drive will retain their original permissions, files moved to a different location of the D: drive will inherit the permissions of the folder that they are moved to and files moved to the E: drive will lose their permissions.

B. Files moved to the C: drive will inherit the permissions of the folder that they are moved to, files moved to a different location of the D: drive will retain their original permissions and files moved to the E: drive will lose their permissions.

C. Files copied to the C: drive will retain their original permissions, files copied to a different location of the D: drive will inherit the permissions of the folder that they are moved to and files moved to the E: drive will retain their original permissions.

D. Files copied to the C: drive will inherit the permissions of the folder that they are moved to, files moved to a different location of the D: drive will retain their original permissions and files moved to the E: drive will inherit the permissions of the folder that they are moved to.

#3 (702100310). A smart card is a credit-card-sized device that is inserted into a smart card reader, which is either installed internally in your computer or connected externally to your computer. Which of the following protocols must be enabled to support smart card logon?

A. BAP

B. EAP

C. PPTP

D. L2TP

E. MS-CHAP

F. MS-CHAPv2

#4 (702100306). You want to ensure that all of the Windows 2000 Professional machines on your network segment can dynamically resolve NetBIOS names of all other machines on your network. To ensure that the Windows 2000 Professional machines can communicate with other machines on different segments via a NetBIOS name you configure them with the IP address of a Primary and Secondary WINS Server. Which of the following are also necessary for NetBIOS-based communication to take place? Choose all that apply.

A. Subnet Mask

B. Global Catalog Server

C. DNS Server

D. Default Gateway

E. Domain Controller

#5 (702100307). Performance on your Windows 2000 system has been rather sluggish lately. As part of the troubleshooting process you want to use System Monitor to view the performance of some counters that track resource usage and system activity. When you go to collect logical-disk data for your system, you are unable to do so. What is the most likely reason for not being able to collect and view logical-disk data on a Windows 2000 Professional computer?

A. You cannot view logical-disk data on a Windows 2000 Professional computer. Viewing of logical-disk data is limited to Windows 2000 Servers only.

B. The default local policy for a Windows 2000 Professional machine prevents the viewing of logical-disk data for security purposes. You must enable the logical-disk counter through the local policy editor.

C. Logical-disk counter data cannot be collected by the operating system. However, physical-disk data may be collected and should be used to determine disk activity instead.

D. Logical-disk counter data is not collected by the operating system by default. To enable logical-disk counter data to be collected, you must run a command on your system

#6 (702100311). On several of the Windows 2000 desktops on your network, you would like to backup the Registry, the Boot files and the System files. Which of the following actions will correctly backup these items?

A. Running the rdisk.exe utility with the /s parameter.

B. Running the ntdsutil.exe utility and specifying an authoritative backup.

C. Restarting the computer, pressing F8 at the boot loader menu and selecting "Back Up System Data" from the menu.

D. Running the Windows 2000 Backup utility and selecting the option to back up the System State Data.

E. Running the pax.exe utility with the -f archive parameter where archive is the location where you would like the backups to be stored

#7 (702100308).

Roger is very concerned about someone gaining unauthorized access to several documents that he shares with co-workers. Roger's computer is a member of a workgroup called ProjectA1 and he has local administrator rights to his machine. He has configured the NTFS permissions properly so that only the appropriate people have access to the files. He also would like to configure his computer so that the data sent to other machines is sent in an encrypted format.

Roger configures his machine with an IP Security (IPSec) policy of Client (Respond Only). However when Roger tests the IPSec policy he finds that not all of the data being sent from his computer is being sent in an encrypted format. Which of the following is the best explanation for this behavior?

A. The local policy on Roger's machine is being overwritten by the domain policy. Domain policy will always override any conflicting settings at the local level.

B. NTFS permissions will always override IPSec policy settings. If the user receiving the data has NTFS permission of Read or greater, the data will not be sent in an encrypted format.

C. IPSec will encrypt data on the local hard drive but will not encrypt data that is sent over the network. In order to encrypt data sent over the network you must use Encrypting File System to first encrypt the data.

D. The Client (Respond Policy) does not secure data unless the destination computer requests it. Therefore data sent from a machine with the IPSec policy of Client (Respond Policy) is not guaranteed to be encrypted.

#8 (702100309). Sam would like to use Encrypting File System (EFS) to provide extra security on a group of folders on his computer. His machine is currently configured to dual-boot between Windows 98 and Windows 2000 Professional. He boots into Windows 2000 Professional and accesses the properties for the folders but is unable to locate the option to encrypt the folders. Which of the following is the most likely reason why Sam is unable to encrypt the folders on his machine?

A. Sam's machine is configured to dual-boot between Windows 98 and Windows 2000 Professional. Machines running multiple operating systems do not support EFS.

B. Sam does not have access to the private keys for the folders he wishes to encrypt. A user wishing to encrypt files or folders must have the appropriate private keys for those files or folders.

C. Sam is trying to encrypt folders. In Windows 2000 you are only able to encrypt files because data is not actually contained within folders but rather within the files.

D. Sam is attempting to encrypt a folder on a FAT volume. Any resources that you attempt to encrypt on a Windows 2000 Professional system must be located on an NTFS volume.

E. Sam is not a member of the local Administrators group. Only users of the local Administrators group have the ability to encrypt resources on a machine running Windows 2000 Professional

#9 (702100312).

You currently are the administrator for a network with four servers and 150 clients. 50 of the clients have just had Windows 2000 Professional installed and have been configured with the default settings. You would like all of the Windows 2000 Professional clients to automatically register themselves with the DNS server.

You install a domain controller for a domain named xyzcorp.com but do not configure DNS as part of the installation. After finishing the install of Active Directory, you configure a standard primary zone for the xyzcorp.com domain on the domain controller. What additional steps must you take to ensure that the Windows 2000 Professional clients will get registered with the DNS server? Choose all that apply.

A. Enable the zone for the xyzcorp.com domain to accept dynamic updates.

B. Enable the Windows 2000 Professional machines to dynamically update their DNS records in Active Directory.

C. Configure the Windows 2000 Professional machines as DHCP clients.

D. Install a DHCP server and configure the scope options so that the clients will use the new domain controller as their DNS server.

E. Configure the DHCP server with the "Enable updates for DNS clients that do not support dynamic updates setting."

#10 (702100301). You want to install Windows 2000 Professional and Windows 98 on the same machine. You want the operating systems to reside on different partitions. You want to be able to configure individual file security on the partition containing the Windows 2000 Professional system files. You also want to have a separate partition to store your data files on. You want this partition to be accessible from both operating systems. You currently have a blank, unformatted 20 GB hard drive. Which of the following would be a correct way to partition and format the drive while preparing to do the install?

A. Create one large partition (C:). Format it as FAT32. Install both operating systems to this partition.

B. Create 2 6-GB partitions (C: and D:) and 1 8-GB partition (E:). Install Windows 98 to C: and install Windows 2000 Professional to D:. Format C: as FAT32 and D: as NTFS. Format E: as FAT 32.

C. Create 2 6-GB partitions (C: and D:) and 1 8-GB partition (E:). Install Windows 98 to C: and install Windows 2000 Professional to D:. Format C: as FAT32 and D: as NTFS. Format E: as NTFS.

D. Create one large partition (C:). Format it as NTFS. Install both operating systems to this partition

#11 (702100302). On your network you have configured a print server with the name of Prntsrv7 that is a member of the nwtraders.msft domain. You have installed a printer on Prntsrv7 and given it the name HPLaser5. You would like to enable your Windows 2000 Professional clients to connect to HPLaser5 through their web browser. Assuming that no additional configuration has been done, what would be the correct URL to enter to access this printer through a browser?

A. http://www.nwtraders.msft/printers/HPLaser5

B. http://www.nwtraders.msft/HPLaser5

C. http://Prntsrv7/HPLaser5

D. http://Prntsrv7/printer.HPLaser5

#12 (702100303).

One of your administrators on your network has accidentally deleted an organizational unit named Marketing. You are looking to recover this organizational unit. You check the documentation and verify that the System State Data was backed up on all domain controllers last night. To recover the organizational unit you restore the System State Data on a randomly selected domain controller. Although the organizational unit briefly appears in Active Directory Users & Computers, after a short period of time it disappears.

Why did this happen and what should you do to permanently recover the organizational unit?

A. You did not restore the System State Data from the domain controller holding the Operations Master role of PDC Emulator. Perform a System State Data restore on the PDC Emulator.

B. You were not logged in as a member of the Enterprise Administrators group when attempting to perform the restore of the System State Data. Log in as a member of the Enterprise Administrators group and perform the restore.

C. You did not attempt to do an authoritative restore. Do a restore of the System State Data and specify an authoritative restore using the NTDSUtil utility.

D. You attempted to do a restore within a period of time that was less than the Tombstone Interval of the objects that were deleted. Manually change the length of the Tombstone Interval from the default of 60 days to one day and repeat the restore of the System State Data

Answers :

1- Correct Answer is: B

Explanation:

NTFS is normally the recommended file system to use with Windows 2000 to take advantage of many of the operating system's new features. However, when choosing NTFS as a file system to use, you must consider file system compatability.

If you want to set up a computer with both Windows NT and Windows 2000, and you want to have an NTFS partition, the only appropriate version of Windows NT is version 4.0 with the latest released Service Pack. Using the latest Service Pack maximizes compatibility between Windows NT 4.0 and the updated NTFS file system used with Windows 2000 Server. (Specifically, this compatibility in file systems is provided by Service Pack 4 and later Service Packs.) Even the latest Service Pack, however, does not provide access to files using the new features in NTFS

2- Correct Answer is: B

Explanation:

When you move a file or folder within a single NTFS volume the file or folder retains its original permissions. When you move a file or folder between NTFS volumes the file or folder inherits the permissions of the destination folder. When you move file or folders to FAT (or FAT32) volumes, the folders and files lose their NTFS permissions because FAT volumes don't support NTFS permissions

3- Correct Answer is: B

Explanation:

If a certificate is installed either in the certificate store on your computer or on a smart card, and the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) is enabled, you can use certificate-based authentication in a single network logon process, which provides tamper-resistant storage of authentication information

4- Correct Answers are: AD

Explanation:

Subnets divide a large network into multiple physcial networks connected with routers. A subnet mask blocks out part of the IP address so that TCP/IP can distinguish the network ID from the host ID. When TCP/IP hosts try to communicate, the subnet mask determines whether the destination host is on a local or remote network.

To communicate with a host on another network, configure an IP address for the default gateway. TCP/IP sends packets for remote networks to the default gateway (if no other route is configured), which forwards the packets to other gateways until the packet is delivered to a gateway connected to the specified destination.

5- Correct Answer is: D

Explanation:

Unlike physical-disk counter data, logical-disk counter data is not collected by the operating system by default. To obtain performance counter data for logical drives or storage volumes, you must type diskperf -yv at the command prompt. This causes the disk performance statistics driver used for collecting disk performance data to report data for logical drives or storage volumes. By default, the operating system uses the diskperf -yd command to obtain physical drive data

6- Correct Answer is: D

Explanation:

You can back up and restore the following system components using Backup:

-Registry

-COM+ Class Registration database

-Boot files, including the system files

-Certificate Services database

-Active Directory directory service

-SYSVOL directory

-Cluster service information

Backup refers to these system components as the System State data. You can back up the System State data through the Windows Backup utility or through other Windows 2000-compatible backup applications.

The rdisk utility is no longer supported in Windows 2000

7- Correct Answer is: D

Explanation:

The long-term direction for secure networking, IPSec is a suite of cryptography-based protection services and security protocols. Because it requires no changes to applications or protocols, you can easily deploy IPSec for existing networks.

Activating the Client (Respond Only) IPSec policy will not secure traffic unless the destination computer requests it. A server policy may need to be customized to work transparently with some programs and networks

8- Correct Answer is: D

Explanation:

Encrypting files and folders makes them unreadable to unauthorized users. If a user attempting to access an encrypted file has the private key to that file (that is, if the user either encrypted the file personally or is a registered recovery agent), the user will be able to open the file and work with it transparently as a normal document. A user without the private key to the file is denied access. Encryption is available only on NTFS drives

9- Correct Answers are: AD

Explanation:

If you create a DNS zone after installing Active Directory, the zone must be configured for dynamic updates. This can be done through the DNS console by setting the "Allow dynamic updates?" of the zone to Yes.

By default, all Windows 2000 clients are DHCP clients and will attempt to register their DNS records with the DNS server. You do not need to configure the DHCP server to enable updates for DNS clients that do not support dynamic updates unless you have pre-Windows 2000 clients that you would like to be automatically registered with the DNS server

10- Correct Answer is: B

Explanation:

Windows 2000 supports the NTFS, FAT and FAT 32 file systems. Use NTFS when you require a partition to have file- and folder-level security, disk compression, disk quotas, or encryption. Only Windows 2000 and Windows NT can access data on a local hard disk that is formatted as NTFS. If you plan to promote a server to a domain controller, format the installation partition with NTFS.

FAT and FAT32 allow access by, and compatability with, other operating systems. To dual boot Windows 2000 and another operating system, format the system partition with either FAT or FAT32. FAT and FAT32 don't offer many of the features that NTFS supports, for example, file-level security. Therefore, in most situations, you should format the hard disk with NTFS. The only reason to use FAT or FAT32 is for dual booting

11- Correct Answer is: C

Explanation:

To connect to a printer with a browser

1. Open Internet Explorer, or open Printers

2. In the Address bar, type one of the following:

* If you do not know the printer name, type the following, using the format:

http://PrintServerName/printers/

For example, type http://PrintSrv7/printers to receive a page listing all the printers, and then click the printer you want.

If you know the printer name, type its URL using the format:

http://PrintServerName/PrinterName/

For example, type http://PrintSrv7/HPLaser5/ to go directly to that printer's page.

When viewing the printer's page, click Connect to connect to that printer.

12- Correct Answer is: C

Explanation:

In Backup, distributed services such as the Active Directory directory service are contained in a collection known as the System State data. When you back up the System State data on a domain controller, you are backing up all Active Directory data that exists on that server (along with other system components such as the SYSVOL directory and the registry). In order to restore these distributed services to that server, you must restore the System State data.

However, if you have more than one domain controller in your organization, and your Active Directory is replicated to any of these other servers, you will need to perform what is called an authoritative restore in order to ensure that your restored data gets replicated to all of your servers.

To authoritatively restore Active Directory data, you need to run the Ntdsutil utility after you have restored the System State data but before you restart the server. The Ntdsutil utility lets you mark Active Directory objects for authoritative restore. When an object is marked for authoritative restore its update sequence number is changed so that it is higher than any other update sequence number in the Active Directory replication system. This will ensure that any replicated or distributed data that you restore is properly replicated or distributed throughout your organization.

test 4

#1 (072100408).

You have finished configuring a network for a small office. The network consists of four computers. Three of the machines are running Windows 2000 Professional and one is running Windows 2000 Server. One of the Windows 2000 Professional computers been configured with two network adapters. One of the adapters is connected to a DSL connection which provides access to the Internet. The other adapter is connected to the internal network. You are using Internet Connection Sharing to allow all four of the computers to connect to the Internet simultaneously.

You would like to host a website using Internet Information Services on the machine running Windows 2000 Server. What should you do to allow external access to the Web Server?

A. Remove Internet Connection Sharing and install Network Address Translation (NAT) instead. Internet Connection Sharing cannot provide external access to internal services.

B. Configure a Demand-Dial Routing Interface using Routing and Remote Access on the Windows 2000 Server. Any attempts to access the internal website will activate a static route allowing connections to be established.

C. Create a static route on the machine hosting Internet Connection Sharing. Specify the internal IP address of the machine hosting the website.

D. Under the settings for Internet Connection Sharing, add a service and specify the service port number and IP address that the website will be hosted on.

E. This cannot be done. The internal machines will have private IP addresses assigned. These IP addresses are not routable on the Internet and therefore cannot provide external access to internal resources

#2 (072100409).

You have installed Windows 2000 Professional on a system with a single 2 GB hard drive. Prior to installing Windows 2000 you used the FDISK utility to create one 2 GB partition and format the partition with the FAT file system.

Later you try to convert the disk from a basic disk to a dynamic disk from Disk Manager but are unable to. What is the most likely reason for this?

A. You did not partition the disk with the Windows 2000 Setup utility. If you would like to convert a disk to a dynamic disk, it must have been initially partitioned using the Setup utility.

B. The convert utility is not available from Disk Manager. You need to convert the drive from the command prompt.

C. You do not have 1 MB of unpartitioned free space available on your disk. You must have this in order to convert a disk from basic to dynamic.

D. The disk is formatted with the FAT file system. A disk must first be converted to NTFS before you can convert the disk to a dynamic disk.

E. You are not logged on as a member of the Enterprise Administrators group. Only members of the Enterprise Administrators group have the ability to convert a disk from basic to dynamic.

#3 (072100406). Ann is concerned that someone is accessing confidential data files on a Windows 2000 Professional computer that is primarily used by the President of the company that she works for. She would like to configure the system so that all attempts to access those files, whether successful or failed, are tracked. Which steps should she take to set this up? Choose all that apply.

A. In the Local Computer Policy, choose Audit Policy and select the checkboxes for "Success" and "Failure" under "Audit object access".

B. In the Local Computer Policy, choose Audit Policy and select the checkboxes for "Success" and "Failure" under "Audit privilege use".

C. Right-click on the files to be audited and check the "Track access to these files" box in the file properties dialog box.

D. Right-click on the files to be audited. From the Security tab, click Advanced. From the Auditing tab click Add and select the user or group whose actions you want to audit.

E. In the following key in the registry HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetControlLsa set the value of CrashOnAuditFail to 1.

#4 (072100407).

Sally, an administrator in your company, will be leaving on vacation in a couple of days and decides to add Steve into the Administrators group so that he can perform some tasks during her absence. Sally plans to remove Steve from the group when she returns but forgets.

This has happened before and you would like to prevent current administrators from adding other users to the Administrators group. However, you don't want to prevent them from adding users to other groups or restrict their abilities to perform other administrative functions. What can you do to accomplish this?

A. Change the Active Directory permissions so that the Administrators group only has read access to all group objects.

B. Under "User Rights Assignment" in Group Policies, take the "Add Users to a Group" right away from the Administrators group.

C. Configure security for the Administrators group through Restricted Groups by listing only the user accounts in the node for Administrators who you want to be members of the group.

D. Remove all users from the Administrators group and add them to the Power Users group

#5 (072100404). You are assigning a range of IP addresses to hosts on your Windows 2000 network. You would like to use the network ID of 117.72.32.0/20. What is the available range of IP addresses that you can use given the network ID specified above?

A. 117.72.15.1 - 117.72.31.254

B. 117.72.1.1 - 117.72.255.254

C. 117.72.32.1 - 117.72.32.254

D. 117.72.32.1 - 117.72.47.254

E. 117.72.32.1 - 117.72.255.254

#6 (072100405).

You are backing up all of the data on a computer on your network using the following strategy.

Saturday - Normal Backup

Monday - Differential Backup

Tuesday - Differential Backup

Wednesday - Differential Backup

Thursday - Differential Backup

On Friday at 2:15 PM, you experience a hard drive failure on the computer. Which backups would you restore and in what order?

A. Saturday, Thursday

B. Saturday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday

C. Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday

D. Thursday, Wednesday, Tuesday, Monday, Saturday

E. Thursday, Saturday

#7 (072100402). Sam has configured a Windows 2000 Professional machine in a small branch office to have a dial-up 56K connection to the Internet. He would like to make that connection available to the other users in the branch office through the Internet Connection Sharing (ICS) feature in Windows 2000. How can he enable ICS on a network connection?

A. Open Routing and Remote Access, click ICS, right-click ICS and add a New Interface.

B. In Control Panel, double-click ICS. Configure ICS through the Internet Connection Sharing Setup wizard.

C. Open Network and Dial-up Connections, right-click the connection that you want to share, choose properties and select the "Enable Internet connection sharing for this connection" check box from the sharing tab.

D. Reconifigure the TCP/IP properties for the internal network interface. Set the IP address to an address in the 192.168.x.y range. Configure a DHCP scope on the machine and assign it IP addresses from the same range. Exclude the statically-assigned IP address from the previous step.

#8 (072100403). Which of the following is the correct order in which Group Policies get applied?

A. Local > Domain > Organizational Unit

B. Domain > Organizational Unit > Site

C. Site > Domain > Organizational Unit > Local

D. Organizational Unit > Domain > Site > Local

E. Local > Site > Domain > Organizational Unit

#9 (072100412). An employee in your company has a disability that makes it difficult for him to use a keyboard. You would like to be able to give him the ability to type by displaying a virtual keyboard and allowing him to use a mouse or joystick to type data. Which accessibilty option in Windows 2000 will allow you to enable this?

A. MouseKeys

B. FilterKeys

C. Virtual Keyboard

D. On-Screen Keyboard

E. Keyboard Synthesizer

#10 (072100410).

On one of the subnets on your network you have 20 computers running Windows 2000 Professional and configured as DHCP clients. The DHCP server that services the subnet is a non-Microsoft DHCP server and sometimes the Windows 2000 computers do not receive IP addresses from the server but rather assign themselves IP addresses through Automatic Private IP Addressing (APIPA). When this happens these clients cannot communicate with any other computers on the network except for computers on the same subnet that also received IP addresses through APIPA.

You would like to disable APIPA on these machines. What is the correct way to do this?

A. Navigate to the following registry key:

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesTcpipParametersInterfacesadapter_name

Add an entry for IPAutoconfigurationEnabled: REG_DWORD and assign it a value of 0.

B. Change the value of the PopupFlag value in the following registry key from 00 to 01:

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESystemCurrentControlSetServicesVxDDHCP

C. In the TCP/IP Properties for the network adapter configured as a DHCP client, change the setting for"Obtain an IP Address Automatically" to "No".

D. There currently is no way to disable Automatic Private IP Addressing in Windows 2000. The best solution to the problem would be to remove the non-Windows 2000 DHCP Server

#11 (072100411).

You wish to configure a small branch office of your company to share the same Internet connection. You have installed Windows 2000 Professional on a computer named "Workstation1" which you will use to share an Internet connection (a dial-up connection) with the rest of the machines on the network. All of the other machines in the office have Windows 2000 Professional installed and are configured with the default networking settings.

After finishing the install of Windows 2000 Professional on Workstation1, what additional steps must you take to enable all of the computers in the branch office to be connected to the Internet? Choose all that apply.

A. Through Network and Dial-up Connections, install or configure the modem connection.

B. On the Sharing tab for the connection, select the Enable Internet connection sharing for this connection check box.

C. Install the DHCP Server service, configure a scope with a range of internal IP addresses (such as 192.168.0.1 - 192.168.0.254) and activate the scope.

D. Install the DNS Server service and configure a forwarder to forward all DNS requests to the same DNS server as the machine sharing the Internet connection.

E. Configure the LAN adapter for the machine sharing the Internet connection with an internal IP address (e.g. 192.168.0.1).

F. Configure all of the machines in the branch office as DHCP clients.

#12 (072100401).

Sally, a member of the Marketing group and the Managers group, is attempting to access a file that is stored on one of her company's servers. The file is shared out on a volume that has been formatted with the NTFS file system. The share permissions and NTFS permissions are as follows:

Share Permissions:

Sally - Change

Managers - Full Control

Marketing - Read

NTFS Permissions (for the folder and all contents of the folder):

Managers - Read

Finance - No Access

What will Sally's effective permission be to the folder and its contents when she attempts to access it over the network?

A. Full Control

B. Change (Read, Write, Execute and Delete)

C. Read

D. No Access

Answers :

1- Correct Answer is: D

Explanation:

In order to provide external access to internal resources while using Internet Connection Sharing, perform the following steps:

1. Open Network and Dial-up Connections

2. Right-click the shared connection, and then click Properties.

3. On the Sharing tab, verify the Enable Internet connection sharing for this connection check box is selected, and then click Settings.

4. If you want to configure a service to provide to users on remote networks, on the Services tab, click Add, and then do the following:

- In Name of Service, type an easily recognized name for the service.

- In Service port number, type the port number of the computer where the service resides, and then click either TCP or UDP.

- In Name or address of server computer on private network, type the name or TCP/IP address of the computer on your home network where the service resides

2- Correct Answer is: C

Explanation:

A dynamic disk is a physical disk that contains dynamic volumes created using Disk Management. One advantage of dynamic disks is that they can contain an unlimited number of volumes, you are restricted to four volumes per disk like with basic disks.

For the upgrade to succeed, any disks to be upgraded must contain at least 1 MB of unallocated space. Disk Management automatically reserves this space when creating partitions or volumes on a disk, but disks with partitions or volumes created by other operating systems may not have this space available. (This space may exist even if it is not visible in Disk Management.)

3- Correct Answers are: AD

Explanation:

To set up auditing of files and folders

1. Click Start, click Run, type mmc /a, and then click OK.

2. On the Console menu, click Add/Remove Snap-in, and then click Add.

3. Under Snap-in, click Group Policy, and then click Add.

4. In Select Group Policy Object, click Local Computer, click Finish, click Close, and then click OK.

5. In Local Computer Policy, click Audit Policy.

6. In the details pane, right-click Audit Object Access, and then click Security.

7.In Local Security Policy Setting, click the options you want, and then click OK.

To specify files and folders to audit

1.In Windows Explorer, right-click the file or folder you want to audit, and then click Properties.

2.On the Security tab, click Advanced.

3.On the Auditing tab, click Add.

4.In the Select User, Computer, or Group dialog box, click the name of the user or group whose actions you want to audit, and then click OK.

5.In the Auditing Entry dialog box, in Access, click Successful, Failed, or both for the actions you want to be audited, and then click OK.

Setting the value of CrashOnAuditFail of HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetControlLsa to 1 will cause the computer to halt when the security log is full

4- Correct Answer is: C

Explanation:

There is a new security feature in Windows 2000 called Restricted Groups. The Restricted Groups feature acts as a governor over group membership and provides security memberships for default Windows 2000 groups that have predefined capabilities, such as Administrators, Power Users, Print Operators, Server Operators, and Domain Admins. You have the ability to add additional groups whose membership you consider to be sensitive.

When you configure a Restricted Group, you specify which user accounts you would like to be a member of that group. This information as stored as part of the Group Policy information. The next time the relevant policy is refreshed, any users who are not listed as members of the Restricted Group are removed. Configuring Restricted Groups ensures that group memberships are set as specified.

5- Correct Answer is: D

Explanation:

A network ID of 117.72.32.0/20 means that a subnet mask will be used that contain 20 1s in its binary form (The decimal equivalent of this will be a subnet mask of 255.255.240.0). The subnet mask will look like the following:

11111111 11111111 11110000 00000000

Therefore, the first 20 digits if IP addresses will represent the network ID and the last 12 digits will represent the host ID. In this case the network portion will be:

01110101 01001000 0010

The smallest host ID will be:

0000 00000001

which will yield an IP address of 117.72.32.1. Note that all zeros is not a valid host ID.

The largest host ID will be:

1111 11111110

which will yield an IP address of 117.72.47.254. Note that ones is not a valid host ID. Therefore the available address range given a network ID of 117.72.32.0/20 will be 117.72.32.1 - 117.72.47.254.

Microsoft Official Curriculum, Course 2151, Modules 7 and 8

6- Correct Answer is: A

Explanation:

You have five choices of backup types on a Windows 2000 system: Copy, Daily, Differential, Incremental and Normal. A differential backup copies files created or changed since the last normal or incremental backup. It does not mark files as having been backed up (in other words, the archive attribute is not cleared). A normal backup copies all selected files and marks each file as having been backed up (in other words, the archive attribute is cleared).

If you are performing a combination of normal and differential backups, restoring files and folders requires that you have the last normal as well as the last differential backup

7- Correct Answer is: C

Explanation:

To enable Internet connection sharing on a network connection:

1. Open Network and Dial-up Connections

2. Right-click the dial-up, VPN, or incoming connection you want to share, and then click Properties.

3. On the Sharing tab, select the Enable Internet connection sharing for this connection check box.

4. If you want this connection to dial automatically when another computer on your home network attempts to access external resources, select the Enable on-demand dialing check box

8- Correct Answer is: E

Explanation:

The local Group Policy object is applied first. Then site-linked Group Policy objects are applied in administratively specified order, then domain-linked ones in specified order, and lastly organizational unit-linked Group Policy objects beginning at the highest (in Active Directory hierarchy) organizational unit containing the user or computer account and ending with the lowest (closest to the user or computer) organizational unit containing the user or computer. At each organizational unit, any Group Policy objects linked to it are applied in administratively specified order.

9- Correct Answer is: D

Explanation:

On-Screen Keyboard is a utility that displays a virtual keyboard on your screen and allows users with mobility impairments to type data using a pointing device or joystick. On-Screen Keyboard is intended to provide a minimum level of functionality for users with mobility impairments.

MouseKeys enables you to use the numeric keypad to move the mouse pointer and to click, double-click, and drag.

FilterKeys instructs your keyboard to ignore brief or repeated keystrokes. You can also adjust the keyboard repeat rate, which is the rate at which a key repeats when you hold it down.

There are no accessibility options labeled "Virtual Keyboard" or "Keyboard Synthesizer" in Windows 2000

11- Correct Answers are: AB

Explanation:

Network and Dial-up Connections provides connectivity between your computer and the Internet, a network, or another computer. To connect to the Internet:

1. Open Network and Dial-up Connections in Control Panel.

2. In the Network and Dial-up Connections dialog box, double-click a connection to configure it or double-click "Make New Connection" to install a connection.

To enable Internet connection sharing on a network connection:

1. Open Network and Dial-up Connections

2. Right-click the dial-up, VPN, or incoming connection you want to share, and then click Properties.

3. On the Sharing tab, select the Enable Internet connection sharing for this connection check box.

The machine doing the Internet connection sharing automatically acts as a DHCP server and a DNS proxy for the internal computers. It auto-configures its LAN adapter with an IP address in the 192.168.x.y range. All Windows 2000 Professional machines are DHCP clients by default

12- Correct Answer is: C

Explanation:

The appropriate way to determine effective permissions to a resource is illustrated in the three steps below:

1. Determine the effective share-level permission. The effective share-level permission will be the least restrictive permission of all of those assigned to a user or to groups that the user is a member of. The exception is the No Access permission which will override all other permissions.

2. Determine the effective NTFS permission. The effective NTFS permission will be the cumulative of all of the NTFS permissions assigned to the user and to groups that the user is a member of. The exception is if there are any Deny permissions assigned. Deny permissions will override Allow permissions.

3. The effective overall permission will be the most restrictive of the effective share-level permission and the effective NTFS permission. In the above question, the effective share-level permission would be Full Control for Sally. The effective NTFS permission would be Read for Sally. The most restrictive of Full Control and Read would be Read which is Sally's effective permission to the resource.

Microsoft Official Curriculum, Course 2152B, Module 7, Page 13

test 5

#1 (072100501). One of the administrators in your company has just informed you that she has discovered that some of the users on your network are using authentication protocols that do not support encrypted passwords when remotely accessing the network. This is allowing clear-text passwords to be transmitted when these users attempt to authenticate. Because of the potential security hazard this represents, she recommends that you disable the use of any authentication protocols which might pass an unencrypted password. Which of the following authentication protocols should you disable?

A. Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP)

B. Microsoft Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (MS-CHAP)

C. Microsoft Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol version 2 (MS-CHAP v2)

D. Password Authentication Protocol (PAP)

E. Shiva Password Authentication Protocol (SPAP)

#2 (072100502).

Tina is currently using Offline Files to be able to continue to work with network files and programs even when she is not connected to the network. To control when her offline files are synchronized with those on the network, she uses Synchronization Manager.

Synchronization Manager can be used to regulate if and how automatic synchronization occurs in which of the following situations? Choose all that apply.

A. When a user logs on to the computer.

B. When a user logs off from a computer.

C. When CPU utilization falls below 10%

D. When a computer is idle.

E. When a user has made more than a specified number of changes to an offline file.

#3 (072100508). Which of the following are NOT supported by Windows 2000 Professional? Choose all that apply.

A. 2 processors

B. 8 GB of RAM

C. Dynamic disks

D. Disk quotas

E. Clustering

#4 (072100503). You are planning on deploying Windows 2000 Professional to 500 desktops in your organization. To automate the process, you plan to use Remote Installation Services (RIS). You wish to determine which systems will support deployment through RIS. Which of the following does Microsoft list as a requirement for clients that will have an operating system deployed to them through RIS? Choose all that apply.

A. PXE DHCP-based boot ROM version .99c or greater

B. At least 128 MB of RAM

C. 2.0 GB or larger hard drive

D. PCI-based network adapter on the list of supported network adapters in the Rbfg.exe utility.

E. Pentium 166 MHz or faster processor

#5 (072100504).

You have recently installed twenty new Windows 2000 Professional machines on a single subnet of your multi-subnet network. You would like these machines to be able to communicate with other machines on other subnets in your company via NetBIOS names so users can access other machines through UNC paths such as server1acctinfo. You have configured the client machines with a static IP address and a subnet mask.

What other steps must you perform to allow these clients to communicate with other clients on different subnets using NetBIOS names? Choose all that apply.

A. Install the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocl (DHCP) service on a network server. Create a DHCP scope. Configure the clients with the IP address of the DHCP server.

B. Install the Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) on a network server. Configure the clients with the IP address of the WINS server.

C. Install the Domain Name System (DNS) service on a network server. Configure the clients with the IP address of the DNS server.

D. Configure a default gateway on each of the clients.

E. Install the NetBIOS protocol on the clients.

#6 (072100510).

Your Windows 2000 Professional desktop is experiencing slow performance when you run several resource-intensive applications. The desktop has the following specifications:

-Pentium II 350 Mhz Processor

-128 MB of RAM

-EIDE Hard Drive

While viewing System Monitor, you notice average values for the following statistics:

LogicalDisk - % Free Space: 7%

Memory - Pages/Sec: 2

Physical Disk - % Disk Time: 5%

Processor - % Processor Time: 4%

What would be the best step to take to improve system performance?

A. Upgrade the hard drive to a SCSI hard drive

B. Run Disk Cleanup

C. Increase the amount of RAM in the system

D. Increase the CPU priority for all applications

E. Add a second CPU to the system

#7 (072100505). You would like to configure home directories for all of the users in your domain. You want these home directories to only be accessible by the user who the home directory is for and you want to restrict users from saving more than 50 MB worth of data on the volume on which his or her home directory is located. Which of the following actions would you perform to meet these requirements with the least amount of effort? Choose all that apply.

A. Convert the volume that the home directories will be located on to the NTFS file system if it is not currently formatted with NTFS.

B. Create a folder that will contain all of the home directories and share the folder.

C. Configure the permissions on the shared folder so that the Users group has Read permission to the folder.

D. From the Account Properties for each user account configure a home directory path of server_nameshare_name%username% where server_name is the server hosting the home directories and share_name is the name of the share you have created.

E. Enable disk quotas for the volume containing the home directories and set a quota limit of 50 MB. Check the box to "Deny disk space to users exceeding quota limit".

#8 (072100506).

Recently someone in your company deleted several confidential files. You've been tasked with tracking system activity and identifying the person who performs such an action should this ever happen again. You have several Windows 2000 Professional machines on which members of the Executives group store their confidential data. You want to track both successful and unsuccessful attempts by anybody to read, delete and write to certain files and folders. However, you do not want to do any additional auditing that might slow system performance.

You perform the following actions on the Windows 2000 Professional machines:

-In the local group policy object, you enable auditing of object access when successful and unsuccessful.

-In the local group policy object, you enable auditing of process tracking when unsuccessful.

-In Windows Explorer, you select to track successful and unsuccessful reads and writes by members of the Everyone group for the confidential files.

-In Windows Explorer, you select to track successful and unsuccessful deletes by members of the Executives group for the confidential files.

Which of the following objectives have you achieved? Choose all that apply.

A. All successful and unsuccessful attempts to read the confidential files will be tracked.

B. All successful and unsuccessful attempts to write to the confidential files will be tracked.

C. All successful and unsuccessful attempts to delete the confidential files will be tracked.

D. Auditing has been kept to a minimum to improve system performance.

#9 (072100512). You have configured roaming profiles for several of the users in your company. Some of these users save large documents to their My Documents folder. Because the My Documents folder is part of a user's profile, these users tend to experience slow logon times due to the time it takes to download their profile. You would like to have the contents of the My Documents folder remain on a central server rather than being downloaded to the user's desktop each time he or she logs on. Which would be correct way to achieve this?

A. Configure the Desktop folder to be available offline through the Offline Files. Configure the folder to be synchronized when a users logs on or logs off.

B. Change the roaming profile from a personal roaming profile to a mandatory roaming profile by changing the name of the ntuser.dat file to ntuser.man.

C. Set a disk quota on the My Documents folder on each user's desktop. Set a maximum limit on the amount of data that a user can save to that folder and check the box to "Redirect excess data to network server". Enter a UNC path with the location of the network share you would like the data to be redirected to.

D. Create an empty folder on the network server. Share this folder out and configure it as a DFS root share. Configure the My Documents folder for each user to be a DFS link.

E. Enable Folder Redirection through Group Policies and configure the My Documents folder to be redirected to a share on the centralized server.

#10 (072100507). You wish to configure portable computers on your network with a shorter lease length than desktop computers. However both the portables and the desktops receives their IP addresses from the same scopes. To enable different lease lengths you decide to use user option classes through DHCP. After performing the correct configuration, what additional step must you perform on the client machines to specify which user class you want each one to belong to?

A. From the command prompt, run the ipconfig command with the /registerdns switch.

B. From the command prompt, run the ipconfig command with the /setclassid switch.

C. From the command prompt, run the ipconfig command with the /updateclass switch.

D. From the DHCP tab of the TCP/IP properties dialog box for the appropriate network connection, specify the IP address of the DHCP server that you have configured the user classes on.

E. From the DHCP tab of the TCP/IP properties dialog box for the appropriate network connection, enter the user class you would like to assign to the computer.

#11 (072100509). Ted has a laptop that he uses in a docking station when he is at the office. The docking station allows him to access the network through a network interface card (NIC). When Ted is at home, he connects to the network by dialing up to the office using a modem. He wants to disable certain devices such as the NIC and the CD-ROM drive when he is at home and away from his docking station. What kind of profile should Ted create for his computer to prevent Windows 2000 from attempting to start his network adapter and CD-ROM drive when he is at home?

A. Local profile

B. Personal roaming profile

C. Mandatory roaming profile

D. Hardware profile

E. Low profile

#12 (072100511).

You have a server on which your have installed a printer named PrintSrv8. The server has two volumes (C: and D:). Both drives have been formatted with the NTFS file system and you have configured a disk quota on the C: drive allowing users to save no more than 20 MB worth of data to the drive. There is no quota configured for the D: drive. The C: drive currently has 1 GB of free space and the D: drive has 500 MB of free space.

Several users are complaining that when they attempt to print to PrintSrv8 they are unsuccessful. Although not everyone is experiencing this problem you have noticed that it tends to happen when people attempt to print large jobs. How would you solve this problem with the least amount of administrative effort?

A. Delete the printer. Recreate a new printer on the D: drive of the server.

B. Free up disk space on the C: drive by running Disk Cleanup.

C. Move the spool folder to the D: drive.

D. Convert the disk from a basic disk to a dynamic disk.

E. Change the default permissions on PrintSrv8 to give the Authenticated Users the Manage Printers permission.

Answers :

1- Correct Answer is: D

Explanation:

Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) uses plaintext (unencrypted) passwords and is the least sophisticated authentication protocol. PAP is typically used if your connection and the server cannot negotiate a more secure form of validation. You may need to use this protocol if you are calling a server running an operating system other than Windows

2- Correct Answers are: ABD

Explanation:

You can have Synchronization Manager automatically synchronize the information that is available to you offline in a number of ways:

- Every time you log on or off your computer, or both.

- At specific intervals while your computer is idle.

- At scheduled times.

Combinations of these options can be used and different options can be used for offline files from different shared sources

3- Correct Answers are: BE

Explanation:

Windows 2000 Professional supports up to two symmetric multiprocessors. It also supports both dynamic disks and disk quotas. However, it only supports up to 4 gigabytes (GB) of RAM and you cannot set up clustering on Windows 2000 Professional

4- Correct Answers are: ADE

Explanation:

RIS can help you to set up new client computers remotely without the need to physically visit each desktop. RIS gives you the ability to install Windows 2000 Professional on remote boot-enabled client computers by connecting the computer to the network, starting the client computer, and logging on with a valid user account.

The client computer hardware requirements for RIS are as follows:

- Pentium 166 MHz or faster Net PC client computer.

- 32 MB of RAM minimum; 64 MB recommended.

- One 800-MB disk drive.

- PXE DHCP-based boot ROM version .99c or greater or a supported client network cards. (For a list of which network adapters are supported by Remote Installation Services, run the Rbfg.exe utility and review the list of supported network adapters.)

5- Correct Answers are: BD

Explanation:

It is highly recommended that you configure computers running Windows 2000 with the IP address of your WINS server in order for remote NetBIOS names to be resolved since routers typically do not forward broadcasts. Because of this, only NetBIOS names on the local network can be resolved without the use of a WINS server or a Lmhosts file.

To route traffic to remote networks (as in the case above where you have a multi-subnet network), you must provide the clients with the IP address for a default gateway. Default gateways provide a default route for TCP/IP hosts to use when communicating with other hosts on remote networks

6- Correct Answer is: B

Explanation:

Running out of disk space on a Windows 2000 system can cause performance problems. One way to monitor the amount of free disk space on a system is to use the LogicalDisk - % Free Space counter located in the System Monitor utility. If this number is very low, it is a good indication that disk space is limited and that additional disk space should be made available.

An easy way to make additional disk space available is to run the Disk Cleanup utility. The Disk Cleanup utility will perform the following tasks to clear space on your hard drive:

- Remove temporary Internet files.

- Remove any downloaded program files (ActiveX controls and Java applets downloaded from the Internet).

- Empty the Recycle Bin.

- Remove Windows 2000 temporary files.

- Remove Windows 2000 components that you are not using.

- Remove installed programs that you no longer use

7- Correct Answers are: ABDE

Explanation:

To create home folder and have the permissions automatically configured so that only the user who the home directory is for can access the home directory, perform the following steps:

1. Create and share a folder on a network server where you will store the home directories.

2. If you desire, remove the default permission of Full Control for the Everyone group and assign Full Control to the Users group. This will ensure that only users who valid accounts will be able to access and view the shared folder. (Configuring a permission of Read for the shared folder will prevent users from creating and modifying documents in their home directory.)

3. Provide the path to the user's home folder in the shared home directory folder on the Profile tab of the Properties dialog box for the user account. Specifiying a path of servershare%username% will automatically configure the permissions appropriately as long as the volume on which the home directories are stored is formatted with the NTFS file system.

To restrict users to a certain amount of space on the volume containing the home directories, perform the following steps:

1. On the Quota tab in the Properties dialog box for the volume containing the home directories, check the boxes to "Enable quota management" and "Deny disk space to users exceeding quota limit".

2. In the "Limit disk space to" box, enter the values for the limit that you want to set.

Windows 2000 Professional Training Kit (MS Press)

pages 236-237 and 420-421

8- Correct Answers are: AB

Explanation:

To set up auditing of files and folders, perform the following steps:

1. Click Start, click Run, type mmc, and then click OK.

2. On the Console menu, click Add/Remove Snap-in, and then click Add.

3. Under Snap-in, click Group Policy, and then click Add.

4. In Select Group Policy Object, click Local Computer, click Finish, click Close, and then click OK.

5. In Local Computer Policy, click Audit Policy.

6. In the details pane, right-click Audit Object Access, and then click Security.

7. In Local Security Policy Setting, click the options you want, and then click OK.

To specify files and folders to audit, perform the following actions:

1. In Windows Explorer, right-click the file or folder you want to audit, and then click Properties.

2. On the Security tab, click Advanced.

3. On the Auditing tab, click Add.

4. In the Select User, Computer, or Group dialog box, click the name of the user or group whose actions you want to audit, and then click OK.

5. In the Auditing Entry dialog box, in Access, click Successful, Failed, or both for the actions you want to be audited, and then click OK.

In the above question, attempts to delete the files by anyone other than a member of the Executives group would not be tracked so Answer C is incorrect. Also, process tracking is very resource-intensive and should only be used for troubleshooting purposes. As it will likely slow system performance, Answer D is also incorrect

9- Correct Answer is: E

Explanation:

You use the Folder Redirection extension to Group Policy to redirect certain Windows 2000 special folders to network locations. Special folders are those folders such as My Documents and My Pictures that are located under Documents and Settings.

When roaming user profiles are used, only the network path to the My Documents folder is part of the roaming user profile, not the My Documents folder itself. Therefore, its contents do not have to be copied back and forth between the client computer and the server each time the user logs on or off, and the process of logging on or off can be much faster than it was in Windows NT 4.0.

10- Correct Answer is: B

Explanation:

Option classes are a nice feature of Windows 2000 that allow you to define different options for clients that receive their IP address and associated information from the same DHCP server. There are two type of option classes: user-defined classes and vendor-defined classes. To set user-defined DHCP class ID information at a client computer:

1. At a DHCP-enabled client computer running Windows 2000, open a command prompt

2. Use the Ipconfig command-line utility to set the DHCP class ID the client uses when obtaining its lease from the DHCP server.

You can type the ipconfig /setclassid command as demonstrated in the following example command, which sets an ASCII string ("MyNewClassId") as the DHCP class ID string for the local area network connection in use at the client computer:

C:>ipconfig /setclassid "Local Area Connection" MyNewClassId

Windows 2000 IP Configuration

DHCP ClassId successfully modified for adapter"Local Area Connection"

Because it is tedious to manually assign class IDs to a large number of computers, there are a couple of alternatives.

1. If doing an unattended installation you can use the following value to set the ClassID in the [MS_TCPIP parameters] section of the Unattend.txt file.

DHCPClassId

Value: string

Optional

Specifies the DHCP class ID. For example:

DHCPClassId = name

2. If you have already completed the install you could do the following:

- Create the following batch file "classid.bat":

if %classid%==hug goto end

set classid=hug

ipconfig /setclassid "Local Area Connection" [value]

:end

Replace the value variable with the class ID you wish to set.

- Create or modify an existing Group Policy to include the CLASSID.BAT as a startup script for the computers that will receive the classid.

- Save the CLASSID.BAT to the specific GPO script folder inside the SYSVOL on a DC (will be replicated to the other DCs automatically).

11- Correct Answer is: D

Explanation:

Hardware profiles tell Windows 2000 which devices to start when a system boots and/or which settings to use for each device. There is a default hardware profile that is automatically created when Windows 2000 is installed on a system. By default, this hardware profile enables every device that is installed on the computer.

One of the main uses for hardware profiles is the situation above where a user has a different configuration depending on whether he or she is on the network or away from the network. Hardware profiles let you change the devices that your computer uses when you move from location to location. One hardward profile may have certain components such as a NIC and CD-ROM drive installed based on the specification of your hardware configuration when you are using the docking station. Another profile might have those devices disabled so that you don't receive errors when starting the system away from the docking station due to the absence of those devices

12- Correct Answer is: C

Explanation:

In the above scenario, it is likely that the users are unable to have their documents spooled due to the quota restrictions that are in place. If the spool folder is located on the C: drive it is subject to the quota limit that has been configured for the drive. If the users have other data on the drive, they may be prevented from saving additional data (e.g. large print jobs) on the drive.

To fix the problem, move the location of the spool folder from the C: drive to the D: drive. This can be done from Server Properties in the File menu for Printers.

test 6

#1 (072100608). You have just installed a new device driver on your Windows 2000 Professional machine. After restarting the system and logging on you receive an error message. You decide to restart your system. Which startup options might be helpful in diagnosing and fixing this problem? Choose all that apply.

A. Directory Service Restore Mode

B. Last Known Good Configuration

C. Recovery Console

D. Safe Mode

E. Safe Mode with Command Prompt

#2 (072100611).

On your network you need to adjust the appearance and behavior of Windows 2000 to enhance accessibility for some vision-impaired, hearing-impaired, and mobility-impaired users. You wish to do so without requiring the use of additional hardware or software. To do so, you configure some settings under Accessibility Options in Control Panel.

After testing these settings you realize that you would like to provide visual cues, such as informative icons or text, for events that are normally only indicated by a sound and also to display visual warnings when the computer's built-in speaker makes a sound. Which of the options would you use to enable this? Choose all that apply.

A. High Contrast

B. Magnifier

C. Narrator

D. ShowSounds

E. SoundSentry

#3 (072100602). Jim wants to track use of his computer running Windows 2000 Professional. He suspects that someone might be logging on to the computer at night and reading some of his confidential data. Through the local Group Policy on his computer, he enables the auditing of object acesss. However, when he goes to specify which files and folders he would like to audit he cannot find an option to configure auditing. Which of the following is the most likely reason why Jim cannot properly set up auditing on his computer?

A. Auditing of process tracking is not enabled. In order to track system activity such as file access, you must enable process tracking.

B. Auditing was enabled at the local level. Auditing must be enabled at the domain level to take effect.

C. The drive that is to be audited was not formatted with NTFS. Drives must be formatted with NTFS to support auditing.

D. The system has not been restarted. You must first restart a system before enabling auditing.

#4 (072100603).

You have installed Windows 95, Windows NT 4.0 Workstation (with Service Pack 4) and Windows 2000 Professional on the same computer for testing purposes. You have created the following partition for the various operating systems:

C: Windows 95

D: Windows NT 4.0 Workstation (SP 4)

E: Windows 2000 Professional

You also have created an F: drive which you would like to store data that can be accessible from all three operating systems. You would like to have individual file security for data located on the D: drive and be able to enforce disk quotas for data on the E: drive. Which of the following would represent the best file systems to use for each of the partitions?

A. C: = FAT32, D: = NTFS, E: = FAT, F: = FAT32

B. C: = NTFS, D: = FAT32, E: = FAT, F: = NTFS

C. C: = FAT, D: = FAT32, E: = NTFS, F: = FAT

D. C: = FAT, D: = NTFS, E: = NTFS, F: = FAT

E. C: = NTFS, D: = NTFS, E: = NTFS, F: = FAT

F. C: = FAT32, D: = NTFS, E: = FAT32, F: = NTFS

#5 (072100605).

Your company is currently running a single Windows 2000 domain. You have three subnets (Subnet A, Subnet B & Subnet C) which are all part of the Chicago site. On Subnet A you have installed Windows 2000 Professional on an employee's laptop. Since there are no DHCP servers servicing Subnet A you will be assigning a static IP address to this computer.

You would like to enable this computer to locate a domain controller so that you can join the computer to the domain. The domain controllers on your network are all located on Subnet B. Beside a unique IP address, what additional information must you configure the client with? Choose all that apply.

A. Default Gateway

B. IP Address of a Certificate Server

C. IP Address of a DNS Server

D. IP Address of a Global Catalog Server

E. IP Address of a Terminal Server

F. Subnet Mask

#6 (072100609). Knowing the location of the files involved in the Windows 2000 boot process is very important when troubleshooting startup problems. Your system is configured with two partitions (C: and D:). The C: partition is the active partition and the D: partition is the boot partition. If all of the following files are present on this system, which of them will be located on the C: drive? Choose all that apply.

A. Boot.ini

B. Bootsect.dos

C. Hal.dll

D. Ntbootdd.sys

E. Ntdetect.com

F. Ntldr

G. Ntoskrnl.exe

#7 (072100612). On your computer running Windows 2000 Professional you have a single disk that contains two simple volumes. The first volume (C:) contains the operating system files and the boot files. The second volume (D:) contains most of your data. The D: volume is running out of space and you would like to add some of the additional unpartitioned free space to the volume. However, when you attempt to do this you are unable to. What are possible reasons why this operation failed? Choose all that apply.

A. The disk is a dynamic disk. You may not extend volumes on dynamic disks.

B. The disk was initially a basic disk and has been converted to a dynamic disk. Only volumes originally created on dynamic disks can be extended.

C. The D: volume is your system partition. The system partition cannot be extended.

D. The D: volume is not formatted with NTFS. You can extend a simple volume only if the file system is NTFS.

#8 (072100604).

Kelly would like to install Windows 2000 Professional on her laptop at work. She lists the following characteristics of her current machine:

-Pentium Pro 200 Mhz

-24 MB of RAM

-2.0 GB hard disk, 650 MB of free space

Kelly asks you if her system is sufficient to install Windows 2000 to. What would you tell her?

A. Yes. According to Microsoft's documentation, her system meets the minimum system requirements for running Windows 2000 Professional.

B. No. According to Microsoft's documentation, her system will need to have the processor upgraded before installing Windows 2000 Professional.

C. No. According to Microsoft's documentation, her system will need to have the memory upgraded before installing Windows 2000 Professional.

D. No. According to Microsoft's documentation, her system will need to have the hard disk upgraded before installing Windows 2000 Professional.

#9 (072100606). You are the administrator for a medium-sized network. Three people in your company are working together on a project for the Human Resources department. They are dealing with documents that contain sensitive information. Because they are working on laptops they are concerned that should the laptops be stolen, the security of the data will be compromised. To ensure that the data remains confidential even in the event that a laptop is stolen you decide to use the Encrypting File System (EFS). How can EFS be configured for these documents so that all three of the people can access the encrypted data on the others' computers from their own computer?

A. Encrypt the documents yourself. Configure the NTFS permissions so that the three people needing access have at least Modify permission.

B. Configure the NTFS permissions so that the three people needing access have at least Modify permission and at least one of them has Full Control permission. Ask the person with Full Control permission to encrypt the documents.

C. Encrypt the documents yourself. Share the folders that the documents are located in and grant the three people at least Change permission to the shared folders.

D. Grant Full Control NTFS permission to all three people. Share the folders and configure the permissions of the shared folders so that all three people have Full Control to the shared folders. Ask one person to encrypt the documents.

E. You cannot configure EFS in this manner. EFS does not support the sharing of encrypted documents between users.

#10 (072100607). Your Windows 2000 Professional computer has a single 2.0 GB partition and 128 MB of RAM. You occasionally run a memory-intensive application and would like to optimize performance on your system. You realize that one of the ways to do this is to maximize the performance of your pagefile. Which of the following would represent the best way to configure your pagefile?

A. Set the Initial size (MB) to 64 and the Maximum size (MB) to 192.

B. Set the Initial size (MB) to 128 and the Maximum size (MB) to 128.

C. Set the Initial size (MB) to 192 and the Maximum size (MB) to 128.

D. Set the Initial size (MB) to 256 and the Maximum size (MB) to 128.

E. Set the Initial size (MB) to 256 and the Maximum size (MB) to 256.

F. Set the Initial size (MB) to 2048 and the Maximum size (MB) to 2048.

#11 (072100610). You have had several problems in the past when you have asked users to install applications. Often they have configured the application incorrectly which has required you to visit their desktop and reinstall the application. To prevent this in the future you would like all applications to be deployed without the need for user intervention. Some of these applications will be installed immediately after the installation of the operating system and others will be installed later through Group Policies. What tools can you use to create packages and/or difference files that will install applications without user intervention? Choose all that apply.

A. chkupgrd.exe

B. Jetpack

C. Sysdiff

D. Sysprep

E. Windiff

F. WinINSTALL

#12 (072100601). Setup Manager is a tool that is located on the Windows 2000 operating system CD that can help you to create scripts to support automated installations. You can perform which of the following types of installations using an answer file created with Setup Manager? Choose all that apply.

A. Active Directory Installation

B. Certificate Services Installation

C. Remote Installation Services

D. Sysprep Install

E. Terminal Services Installation

F. Windows 2000 Unattended Installation

Answers :

1- Correct Answers are: CDE

Explanation:

You have several recovery options in Windows 2000 that are designed to give you the ability to get your computer running properly. Some of your recovery options include:

* Safe mode - Starts Windows 2000 using only basic files and drivers.

* Safe Mode with Command Prompt - Starts Windows 2000 using only basic files and drivers and displays the command prompt after logon.

* Last Known Good Configuration - Starts Windows 2000 using the registry information that Windows saved at the last shutdown.

* Recovery Console - Starts a command-line interface that provides a limited set of administrative commands.

Although Last Known Good Configuration can be a helpful recovery option it would not be useful in the above scenario as you have already logged in successfully since making the configuration change. Once you log in you create a new Last Known Good Configuration.

Note that while Directory Service Restore Mode is a safe mode startup option, it is not applicable for Windows 2000 Professional.

2- Correct Answers are: DE

Explanation:

SoundSentry provides visual warnings for system sounds.

To turn on ShowSounds

1. Open Accessibility Options in Control Panel.

2. On the Sound tab, under ShowSounds, select the Use ShowSounds check box.

ShowSounds instructs programs to display captions for program speech and sounds.

To turn on ShowSounds

1. Open Accessibility Options in Control Panel.

2. On the Sound tab, under ShowSounds, select the Use ShowSounds check box.

High Contrast improves screen contrast with alternative colors and font sizes.

Magnifier enlarges a portion of the screen for easier viewing.

Narrator uses text-to-speech technology to read the contents of the screen aloud. This is useful for people who are blind or who have low vision

3- Correct Answer is: C

Explanation:

To set up permissions and auditing for files and folders, you must use drives formatted to use NTFS. If the drive is formatted with the FAT or FAT32 file systems you cannot implement auditing. A FAT or FAT32 formatted drive might also explain Jim's security problems as individiual file and folder permissions cannot be implemented on a non-NTFS drive.

4- Correct Answer is: D

Explanation:

These operating systems support the following file systems:

Windows 95 - FAT (OSR2 and later provide support for FAT32)

Windows NT 4.0 Workstation - FAT, NTFS

Windows NT 4.0 Workstation - FAT, NTFS

To successfully boot multiple operating systems you must have a common partition that is accessible from all of the operating systems. In most cases, this would be the C: partition.

In addition, in order to provide support for file and folder security in NT 4.0 Workstation or Windows 2000 Professional, a drive must be formatted with NTFS. Also, to provide support for disk quotas in Windows 2000 Professional, the drive must be NTFS as well.

5- Correct Answers are: ACF

Explanation:

Subnets divide a large network into multiple physcial networks connected with routers. A subnet mask blocks out part of the IP address so that TCP/IP can distinguish the network ID from the host ID. When TCP/IP hosts try to communicate, the subnet mask determines whether the destination host is on a local or remote network. A subnet mask is necessary for TCP/IP communication to take place.

To communicate with a host on another network, configure an IP address for the default gateway. TCP/IP sends packets for remote networks to the default gateway (if no other route is configured), which forwards the packets to other gateways until the packet is delivered to a gateway connected to the specified destination. A default gateway is required for communication beyond the local subnet.

In Windows 2000, service locator (SRV) resource records are used to find domain controllers. Because these records are located in DNS you should configure the client with the IP address of a DNS server if you wish it to be able to locate domain controllers on remote subnets on your network.

Windows 2000 Professional Training Kit (MS Press)

pages 154-158

6- Correct Answers are: ABDEF

Explanation:

The following files are used in the Windows 2000 boot process:

* Ntldr (Location = System parition root (C:)

* Boot.ini (Location = System parition root (C:)

* Bootsect.dos (Location = System parition root (C:)

* Ntdetect.com (Location = System parition root (C:)

* Ntbootdd.sys (Location = System parition root (C:)

* Ntoskrnl.exe (Location = systemrootSystem32 where systemroot is the location that you have installed the Windows 2000 system files)

* Hal.dll (Location = systemrootSystem32

7- Correct Answers are: BD

Explanation:

You can only create simple volumes on dynamic disks. If a volume existed before the disk was upgraded to dynamic, it can never be extended. If you try to extend it, you receive the following error message:

"The selected volume was originally created on a basic disk and cannot be extended. Only volumes originally created on dynamic disks can be extended."

In the above example, the D: volume is not the system partition. The system parition is the partition that contains the boot files. In the above example, the C: drive is the system partition. It is true that the system partition cannot be extended.

You can extend a simple volume only if the file system is NTFS. A spanned volume, which is a simple volume that exists on more than one disk, can initially be created with the FAT or NTFS file system. However, after a simple or spanned volume has been created with the FAT file system, it cannot be extended or spanned further. You can reformat the volume using NTFS and regain the ability to extend or span the volume

8- Correct Answer is: C

Explanation:

Here are the minimum system requirements for running Windows 2000 Professional.

-133 MHz or higher Pentium-compatible CPU.

-64 megabytes (MB) of RAM recommended minimum; more memory generally improves responsiveness.

-2GB hard disk with a minimum of 650MB of free space

9- Correct Answer is: E

Explanation:

Windows 2000 supports the storage of encrypted files on remote servers. However, this is feature is not intended to support the remote sharing of encrypted files by multiple users. When attempting to access an encrypted document over the network you might receive this error message:

Error Copying File or Folder

Cannot Copy NT Mounted Volumes: Cannot Read From the Source File or Disk.

The only way to resolve this is to have the owner of the file decrypt the file.

10- Correct Answer is: E

Explanation:

According to Microsoft's recommendations, if you want to achieve best performance you should set the initial size of the pagefile to not less than the recommended size under "Total paging file size for all drives". The recommended size is equivalent to 1.5 times the amount of RAM on your system. However if you will be running memory-intensive applications you will likely want to increase the pagefile size to a number that is greater than the recommended size. In addition, setting the initial pagefile size equal to the maximum pagefile size can reduce fragmentation of the pagefile and improve performance.

Note that you cannot set the initial size to a number that is greater than the maximum size

11- Correct Answers are: CF

Explanation:

Sysdiff is a tool that you can use to pre-install applications as part of an automated setup, including applications that do not support scripted installation.

If you want to install applications through Group Policies you can create Windows Installer (.msi) packages using a tool like VERITAS WinINSTALL LE (included with the Windows 2000 Server platforms) that install applications on client computers. Windows Installer packages are self-contained database files containing the requirements and instructions that the Windows Installer uses when installing applications

12- Correct Answers are: CDF

Explanation:

When you run the Setup Manager Wizard you are prompted with three possible answers to the question"Which product does this answer file install?" The possible answers are:

-Windows 2000 Unattended Installation

-Sysprep Install

-Remote Installation Services

The Setup Manager application is available on the Windows 2000 operating system CD in the Deploy.cab file of the SupportTools folder.

The text file created by the Setup Manager application can also be edited using a standard text editor such as Notepad

test 7

#1 (072100702).

You are the administrator for a large Windows 2000 domain with a number of branch offices. Each branch office has its own individual who is in charge of installing and configuring Windows 2000 Professional systems at each office. Each of these individuals has been granted the user right Add Workstations to the Domain by editing a GPO on the Domain Controllers OU.

Fred, the person in charge of installing Windows 2000 Professional in the Vancouver office, is complaining that he has added ten computers to the domain and he is now getting an error message when he attempts to add another computer to the domain. What should you do to allow Fred (and the other individuals responsible for installing Windows 2000 Professional) to continue to add as many workstations to the domain as needed?

A. Increase the RID pool on all the domain controllers in the domain.

B. Grant these users the security priviledge Create Computer Objects on the domain and remove the Add Workstation to the Domain user right.

C. Edit the Default Domain Policy GPO and grant these users the Add Workstations to the Domain right.

D. In addition to the Add Workstations to the Domain user right grant these users the Logon as a Batch File user right.

#2 (072100703).

You have five employees that are attempting to dial in from their homes. They are running the following operating systems:

Christina - Windows NT 3.51 Workstation

Gary - Windows 2000 Professional

Shelley - Windows 95

Steve - Windows 98

Peter - Windows NT 4.0 Workstation

None of the employees have access to higher speed Internet access methods such as DSL or cable modem in their area. You would like to allow them to dial in to the remote access server with multiple modems so that they can receive a higher connection speed. Which of the following employees are running operating systems that support this? Choose all that apply.

A. Christina

B. Gary

C. Shelley

D. Steve

E. Peter

#3 (072100706). You would like to take advantage of the Web-based printing features in Windows 2000. You have configured a Windows 2000 Server to a be the print server for your network and have installed and shared out a printer on that machine. What are the requirements to process print jobs that contain URLs and manage printers remotely from a web browser? Choose all that apply.

A. Clients that wish to remotely manage printers must have Internet Explorer 4 or later installed on their computers.

B. The print server must have Internet Information Services (IIS) installed.

C. The print server must have Peer Web Services (PWS) installed.

D. The print server must have Service Pack 1 installed.

E. The print server must have Terminal Services installed in Remote Administration mode.

#4 (072100710). Your company currently has a Class C IP address range of 217.20.191.0. You would like you company's network to divided into at least 6 different subnets with each subnet supporting at least 25 clients. What subnet mask would you configure your clients with to support these requirements?

A. 255.255.255.0

B. 255.255.255.128

C. 255.255.255.192

D. 255.255.255.224

E. 255.255.255.240

F. 255.255.255.248

#5 (072100704). You have several Windows 2000 Professional clients that will be accessing the network remotely. You would like to configure these clients to support smart card authentication. In addition you would like the entire remote access session to be encrypted. Which authentication protocol must be supported by the remote access client and server to achieve these objectives?

A. CHAP

B. EAP/TLS

C. PAP

D. RADIUS

E. SPAP

#6 (072100705). You have set up Accessibility Options for several of the users in your company who are running Windows 2000 Professional on their desktops. Several weeks later you receive a complaint from one of the users that the Accessibility Options only work sporadically on her machine. She says that they work properly when she first logs on in the morning but often stop working later in the day. What would be the first thing to check while troubleshooting this problem?

A. Verify that there are not Day and Time Restrictions placed upon the Accessibility Options.

B. Verify that the user having problems does not have restrictions in the "Logon Hours" button on the Account tab in the User Properties dialog box.

C. Verify that the "Turn off accessibility features after idle for:" box is not checked.

D. Verify that the user does not have the Highly Secure (hisec*.inf) security template applied to her workstation.

E. Verify that the user is a member of the Power Users security group.

#7 (072100707).

Joel has configured a test machine on his network to dual-boot between Windows 95 OSR 2 and Windows 2000 Professional. He has one physical hard drive and the current partition scheme is as follows:

C: - FAT, contains Windows 95 system files

D: - FAT, contains Windows 2000 system files

E: - FAT, contains data that must be accessed from both operating systems

In order to increase the performance and security of his system, he performs the following actions:

1. Converts the C: drive to FAT32.

2. Converts the D: drive to NTFS.

3. Converts the E: drive to FAT32.

After making all of these changes which of the following will he be able to do? Choose all that apply.

A. Configure folder and file-level security on the D: drive.

B. Configure folder and file-level security on the E: drive.

C. Use Windows 2000 Professional to access data on the E: drive.

D. Use Windows 95 to access data on the D: drive.

E. Use Windows 95 to access data on the E: drive.

F. Configure disk quotas for the E: drive.

#8 (072100711).

Jamie has configured a test machine on her network to dual-boot between Windows 98 and Windows 2000 Professional. She has one physical hard drive and the current partition scheme is as follows:

C: - FAT, contains Windows 2000 system files

D: - FAT, contains Windows 98 system files

E: - FAT, contains data that must be accessed from both operating systems

In order to increase the performance and security of her systems, she does the following things:

1. Converts the E: drive to FAT 32.

2. Converts the C: drive to NTFS.

3. Converts the disk to a dynamic disk

After making all of these changes which of the following will she be able to do? Choose all that apply.

A. Configure disk quotas for the C: drive.

B. Configure disk quotas for the D: drive.

C. Configure disk quotas for the E: drive.

D. Configure folder and file-level security on the C: drive.

E. Configure folder and file-level security on the D: drive.

F. Configure folder and file-level security on the E: drive.

G. Use Windows 2000 Professional to access data on the E: drive.

H. Use Windows 98 to access data on the E: drive.

#9 (072100708). Your company has a team of developers that need to test applications under multiple operating systems. Currently, the developers are dual-booting between Windows 95 OSR 2 and Windows 98. You will be installing Windows 2000 Professional on their computers as well. However, when the computers were first configured a single 6 GB partition was created that contained all the available space on the disk. Therefore you can only use one file system. Which file system would allow you to boot between all three operating systems?

A. EFS

B. FAT

C. FAT32

D. HPFS

E. NTFS

F. VFAT

#10 (072100709). Sam would like to encrypt several confidential documents on his system to ensure that only he has the ability to access them. He is currently running Windows 2000 Professional and is a member of the Power Users group. When he attempts to encrypt the resources, he is unable to. What are some of the possible reasons why his attempt could have failed? Choose all that apply.

A. Sam is not a member of the Administrators group. You must be a member of the Administrators group to encrypt documents.

B. The volume on which the documents are located is not formatted with the NTFS file system. To support EFS you must have an NTFS-formatted volume.

C. The disk on which the documents are located is not a dynamic disk. To support EFS you must have a dynamic disk.

D. The documents which Sam wishes to encrypt are already compressed. You cannot encrypt compressed data.

#11 (072100712).

You are trying to troubleshoot a network communications problem that you are having. One of the client computers (Workstation91) is able to connect to computers on the local subnet but is unable to connect to computers on remote subnets. You run the ipconfig command on the computer and receive the following output:

IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.7.29

Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0

Default Gateway . . . . . . . . : 192.168.9.1

You view IP information of another computer that is not having any communications problems and receive the following output:

IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.7.99

Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0

Default Gateway . . . . . . . . : 192.168.7.1

What is the likely problem with Workstation91?

A. The IP address of Workstation91 is incorrectly configured.

B. The subnet mask of Workstation91 is incorrectly configured.

C. The default gateway of Workstation91 is incorrectly configured.

D. Workstation91 is correctly configured and is likely having physical connectivity problems.

#12 (072100701).

You are currently running Windows 2000 Professional on your laptop. Your computer has three partitions (C:, D: & E:). The C: and D: drives are formatted with the NTFS file system and the E: drive is formatted with FAT file system. You are running out of space on your C: drive and would like to move some of the data to other partitions.

You have a folder named Graphics that contains 200 MB worth of data. This folder and its contents are currently compressed to about 40% of their original size. You would like to change the location of this folder from the C: drive to a folder on a different drive. However, you would like the folder and its contents to remain compressed. Which of the following actions would achieve your objective? Choose all that apply.

A. Copy the Graphics folder to a folder on D: named Data which is currently compressed and delete the original version of the folder on the C: drive.

B. Move the Graphics folder to a folder on D: named Info which is currently compressed.

C. Move the Graphics folder to a folder on D: named Misc which is currently uncompressed.

D. Copy the Graphics folder to a folder on E: named Stuff which is currently uncompressed and delete the original version of the folder on the C: drive.

E. Move the Graphics folder to a folder on E: named Docs which is currently uncompressed.

Answers :

1- Correct Answer is: B

Explanation:

In Windows 2000 the Add Workstation to Domain right has been further limited by per user quota, this quota is set by default to 10 computers. Once a user with only the right to add workstation to the domain has reached this limit they will no longer be able to add new computers to the domain. To grant users the ability to add unlimited numbers of computers to the domain you should give them the Create Computer Objects right in Active Directory. Once given this right they no longer require the Add Workstation to the Domain user right. There is no limit set on these users as well.

Windows 2000 Server Resource Kit: Join and Authentication Issues

2- Correct Answers are: BDE

Explanation:

Windows NT 3.5x clients do not support Multilink functionality.

Windows 2000 Professional clients support Multilink and can take advantage of dynamic allocation of multilinked lines.

Windows 95 clients do not support Multilink functionality.

Although Windows 98 clients cannot take advantage of dynamic allocation of multilinked lines they do support Multilink.

Although Windows NT 4.0 clients cannot take advantage of dynamic allocation of multilinked lines they do support Multilink

3- Correct Answers are: AB

Explanation:

To gain the full functionality of Web-based printing you must satisfy the following requirements:

1. Computers running any of the Windows 2000 Server platforms must have Internet Information Services (IIS) installed.

2. Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 or later must be installed to manage printers from a browser

4- Correct Answer is: D

Explanation:

To answer this question you first must determine the number of bits from the last octet that must be used to represent the network portion of the IP address. Since a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0 would only give you one network ID, this will not work.

A subnet mask of 255.255.255.128 allows you to use the first bit of the fourth octet to represent the network ID. However since this number cannot be all zeroes or all ones, you do not have any valid network IDs and this will not work.

A subnet mask of 255.255.255.192 allows you to use the first two bits of the fourth octet to represent the network ID. This will give you four possibilities (2^2=4) but since you cannot use all zeroes or all ones you are left with only two valid network IDs so this will not work.

A subnet mask of 255.255.255.224 allows you to use the first three bits of the fourth octet to represent the network ID. This will give you eight possibilities (2^3=8). Since you cannot use all zeroes or all ones, you are left with six valid network IDs. Using three bits for the network ID leaves you with five bits to use for the host ID. This gives you a total of 32 possibilities (2^5=32) and after ommitting the host ID with all zeroes and all ones, you are left with 30 valid host IDs. Since both of the requirements (6 network IDs, at least 25 hosts per network), this subnet mask is valid.

Although the other answer choices (255.255.255.240 and 255.255.255.248) give you enough network IDs, they do not give you enough host IDs per network. Therfore, choice D is the only valid answer.

5- Correct Answer is: B

Explanation:

Remote access connections, whether they be dial-up or virtual private network connections can be configured to enforce various levels of password authentication and data encryption. Security considerations and usability issues play the determining factors as to which methods of authentication and encryption to require. Authentication methods range from unencrytped to custom, such as the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP).

Data is only encrypted if MS-CHAP, MS-CHAP v2, or EAP/TLS authentication is negotiated. These are the only authentication protocols that generate their own initial encryption keys, which are required for encryption. EAP/TLS is typically used for digital certificates and smart cards.

6- Correct Answer is: C

Explanation:

Accessibility options can be automatically turned off when a computer has been idle for a given amount of time. To turn off accessibility features after a specified time:

1. Open Accessibility Options in Control Panel.

2. On the General tab, under Automatic reset, select the Turn off accessibility features after idle for check box.

3. To adjust the number of minutes the computer can be idle before accessibility features are turned off, in the minutes box, click the arrow, and then click a number

7- Correct Answers are: ACE

Explanation:

You use NTFS permissions to specify which users and groups can gain access to files and folders and what they can do with the contents of the file or folder. NTFS permissions are available only on NTFS volumes. NTFS permissions are not available on volumes that are formatted with FAT or FAT32 file systems.

Windows 2000 supports three files systems: Windows 2000 file system (NTFS), file allocation table (FAT), and FAT32.

Windows 95 OSR 2 supports both the FAT file system and the FAT32 file system. It does not support the NTFS file system.

Disk quotas can be applied only to Windows 2000 NTFS volumes

8- Correct Answers are: ADG

Explanation:

You use NTFS permissions to specify which users and groups can gain access to files and folders and what they can do with the contents of the file or folder. NTFS permissions are available only on NTFS volumes. NTFS permissions are not available on volumes that are formatted with FAT or FAT32 file systems.

Windows 2000 supports three files systems: Windows 2000 file system (NTFS), file allocation table (FAT), and FAT 32.

If you dual booting with another operating system such as Windows 95 or Windows 98 and you convert your drive to a dynamic disk, these operating systems will no longer function. Only Windows 2000 can access a dynamic disk. In addition, if you are dual-booting with Windows 95 or Windows 98 and you convert the active partition (typically C:) to NTFS, the other operating systems will no longer function. This is because these operating systems do not support the NTFS file system.

Disk quotas can be applied only to Windows 2000 NTFS volumes

9- Correct Answer is: C

Explanation:

Both FAT and FAT32 are supported by all three operating systems. However, a 6 GB partition cannot be formatted with FAT so the only choice is to have a FAT32 partition.

Encrypting File System (or EFS) is only available in and accessible from a Windows 2000 operating system. In addition, HPFS and VFAT are file systems that are not supported by one or more of the operating systems listed in the question.

10- Correct Answers are: BD

Explanation:

You must have an NTFS-formatted volume if you wish to support EFS. In addition, encryption and compression are mutually exclusive. Therefore, if you have previously compressed documents you must uncompress them before attempting to encrypt them.

11- Correct Answer is: C

Explanation:

In order for network communication to function properly the host must be configured with a default gateway that is located on its same subnet. In the above example Workstation91 is located on the subnet with a network ID of 192.168.7.0. However, the default gateway is located on the subnet with a network ID of 192.168.9.0. To remedy this problem reconfigure Workstation91 with a default gateway of 192.168.7.1.

12- Correct Answers are: AB

Explanation:

If you add or copy a file into a compressed folder, it is compressed automatically. If you move a file from a different NTFS drive into a compressed folder, it is also compressed. However, if you move a file from the same NTFS drive into a compressed folder, the file retains its original state, either compressed or uncompressed.

Likewise, if you add or copy a file into a uncompressed folder, it is uncompressed automatically. If you move a file from a different NTFS drive into a uncompressed folder, it is also uncompressed. However, if you move a file from the same NTFS drive into an uncompressed folder, the file retains its original state, either compressed or uncompressed

test 8

Windows 2000 Professional Exam

1. Which of the following is not an attribute of a Windows 2000 redirector?

A) Allows applications to call a single API

B) Runs in User mode

C) Can coexist with other redirectors

D) None of the above

2. You wish to browse only the computers in your local workgroup. How do you accomplish this?

A) Open a command prompt and type net view localgroup

B) Go to My Network Places and select Computer Near Me

C) Go to My Network Places and select the globe icon

D) Open a command prompt and type net view localmachines

3. You have a dual processor Windows 2000 Professional Workstation. Which performance monitor counter do you use to track how much processor time is being devoted to processing interrupts?

A) Thread: % processor time

B) Processor: % interrupt time

C) Processor: Interrupts/sec

D) Process: Thread counter

4. You are installing Windows 2000 Professional and need to instruct the installation to copy all installation files to the hard disk as the CD may be unavailable at a later time. When running WINNT32.EXE, which command switch will accomplish this?

A) /u

B) /makelocalsource

C) /copyinstfiles

D) /mkdirlocal

5. Your company has a user named Bob that works part-time in the office and part time from home. You need to create a profile that will give Bob the same profile settings no matter where he logs in. You also have a need to make sure that he is unable to permanently change any of the profile settings. Which profile type should be used?

A) Mandatory Mobile

B) Roaming

C) Mandatory Local

D) Mandatory Roaming

6. Which of the following is not true?

A) For best performance, you should remove unneccessary network protocols

B) The network type that serves as your primary interface should be moved to the top of the Provider Order

C) The protocol that serves as your primary interface should be moved to the top in Adapters and Bindings

D) Client for Microsoft Networks can be installed in the services tab of Network properties

7. You have a central Windows 2000 Workstation that is used by multiple users. You need the workstation to automatically install the latest service pack the next time the computer is turned on. How do you proceed?

A) You must load the service pack on the workstation locally

B) Publish the Windows Installer Package

C) Assign the installation package to the computer

D) Assign the installation package to the user

8. You run a small home office with an 56k modem connection to the internet. You have 1 Windows 2000 Professional Workstation and 2 Windows 95 computers connected to a hub and you need them all to be connected to the internet. How do you make this happen?

A) Get rid of the hub. Install 2 network adapters in the Windows 2000 Professional computer and connect them to each of the Windows 95 machines using crossover cables

B) Install DHCP server and DNS on your Windows 2000 Professional workstation

C) Enable ICS

D) Multihome your Windows 2000 Professional workstation and enable IP Routing.

9. Which of the following is required on a client in order to perform remote installation using RIS?

A) A NET PC configuration

B) A network card that is compliant with the HCL and a remote installation boot disk

C) A network card configured to use a PXE boot ROM

D) Any of the above will work

10. You need to dual boot a computer with Windows 2000 Professional and Windows 95 OSR1. You need all partitions to be accessible from both operating systems. Which file system should be used when creating the partitions?

A) FAT

B) FAT32

C) NTFS

D) HPFS

Answers Of Windows 2000 Professional Exam

1. Which of the following is not an attribute of a Windows 2000 redirector?

Correct answer: B) Runs in User mode

(Note: Windows 2000 redirectors run in Kernel mode.)

2. You wish to browse only the computers in your local workgroup. How do you accomplish this?

Correct answer: B) Go to My Network Places and select Computer Near Me

(Note: Computer Near Me will display the computers in your local workgroup)

3. You have a dual processor Windows 2000 Professional Workstation. Which performance monitor counter do you use to track how much processor time is being devoted to processing interrupts?

Correct answer: B) Processor: % interrupt time

(Note: The % interrupt time measures how much time the processor is spending on interrupts.)

4. You are installing Windows 2000 Professional and need to instruct the installation to copy all installation files to the hard disk as the CD may be unavailable at a later time. When running WINNT32.EXE, which command switch will accomplish this?

Correct answer: B) /makelocalsource

(Note: The I386 directory can also be copied from the cd at a later time.)

5. Your company has a user named Bob that works part-time in the office and part time from home. You need to create a profile that will give Bob the same profile settings no matter where he logs in. You also have a need to make sure that he is unable to permanently change any of the profile settings. Which profile type should be used?

Correct answer: D) Mandatory Roaming

(Note: A mandatory roaming profile, will allow a users settings to "travel" with them while preventing them from making lasting changes.)

6. Which of the following is not true?

Correct answer: D) Client for Microsoft Networks can be installed in the services tab of Network properties

(Note: Client or Microsoft Networks can be added from the Network and Dial-up Connections control panel. Then right click on the network adapter and select properties.)

7. You have a central Windows 2000 Workstation that is used by multiple users. You need the workstation to automatically install the latest service pack the next time the computer is turned on. How do you proceed?

Correct answer: C) Assign the installation package to the computer

(Note: Publishing an installation package makes the install program available to a USER(S) no matter where they login to the network. Assigning the installation program to USERS creates a shortcut that will start the installation when the user attempts to launch the application. Assigning to a computer makes the installation occur at next restart and makes the application available to all users of that workstation.)

8. You run a small home office with an 56k modem connection to the internet. You have 1 Windows 2000 Professional Workstation and 2 Windows 95 computers connected to a hub and you need them all to be connected to the internet. How do you make this happen?

Correct answer: C) Enable ICS

(Note: Internet Connection Sharing(ICS) allows multiple computers to share the same internet connection. ICS uses Network Address Translation(NAT) to provide an internal network address scheme that translates to an "external" address. It also provides gateway and name services.)

9. Which of the following is required on a client in order to perform remote installation using RIS?

Correct answer: D) Any of the above will work

10. You need to dual boot a computer with Windows 2000 Professional and Windows 95 OSR1. You need all partitions to be accessible from both operating systems. Which file system should be used when creating the partitions?

Correct answer: A) FAT

(Note: Windows 95 did not support FAT32 until the OSR2 upgrade. Rather than formatting the partition as fat, it would probably be better to upgrade Windows 95 to OSR2 and use FAT32.)

test 9

Windows 2000 Professional Exam

1. You are setting up an Answer file for an unattended setup. You wish for the installation to use the settings in the answer file, however, you would like for the installer to see these values and have the option of changing them. Which User Interaction Level do you choose?

A) GUI Attended

B) Hide Pages

C) Read Only

D) Provide Defaults

2. You wish to browse only the computers in your local workgroup. How do you accomplish this?

A) Open a command prompt and type net view localgroup

B) Go to My Network Places and select Computer Near Me

C) Go to My Network Places and select the globe icon

D) Open a command prompt and type net view localmachines

3. Which of the following is not an attribute of a Windows 2000 redirector?

A) Allows applications to call a single API

B) Runs in User mode

C) Can coexist with other redirectors

D) None of the above

4. When sharing files, which of the following cache settings will make all files that have been opened via the share available offline to those that access the files?

A) Manual Caching for Documents

B) Cache All

C) Automatic Caching for Documents

D) Automatic Caching for Programs

5. You need to dual boot a computer with Windows 2000 Professional and Windows 95 OSR1. You need all partitions to be accessible from both operating systems. Which file system should be used when creating the partitions?

A) FAT

B) FAT32

C) NTFS

D) HPFS

6. Which of the following is not a requirement in order to use web based printer management?

A) IIS or PWS

B) The SNMP service

C) Internet Explorer 4.x or higher

D) The name or IP address of the print server

7. Which of the following is not true?

A) For best performance, you should remove unneccessary network protocols

B) The network type that serves as your primary interface should be moved to the top of the Provider Order

C) The protocol that serves as your primary interface should be moved to the top in Adapters and Bindings

D) Client for Microsoft Networks can be installed in the services tab of Network properties

8. Which of the following services does not need to be available on the network in order to perform a remote installation using RIS?

A) A DNS Server

B) A DHCP Server

C) Active Directory

D) None of the above

9. How do you set up a VPN connection in Windows 2000 professional?

A) Go to the Network and Dial-up Connection control panel and run the Network Connection Wizard. Select Make New Connection and choose the Connects to a Private Network Through the Internet option

B) Windows 2000 Professional cannot connect to a VPN without 3rd party software

C) Go to the Network and Dial-up Connection control panel and run the Network Connection Wizard. Select Make VPN Connection and fill in the fields that appear in the resulting dialogue box

D) Go to the Network and Dial-up Connection control panel. Right click on the Network or Dial-up adapter that you wish to use and select Properties. Then run the Network Identification Wizard

10. You format a partition as NTFS. What are the default permissions for the root directory?

A) Read and Write for the everyone group

B) Read only for the Users group

C) Full control for the everyone group

D) Read and Write for the users group

E) Change for the Everyone Group

11. You have installed a Windows 2000 workstation and wish to create an image of the system and applications that can be applied to 50 other client workstations via RIS. Which utility is required?

A) Sysprep

B) Riprep

C) Setup Manager

D) RIS Manager

12. Which of the following is true?

A) Windows 2000 does not support file ownership

B) When moving a file to a directory on the same NTFS partition, the file inherits the permissions of the target directory

C) Share permissions and NTFS permissions are the same thing

D) A copied file inherits the permissions of the target directory

13. You are preparing to install Windows 2000 Professional on an Intel based computer with the following hardware configuration: Pentium 166, 64mb RAM and a 1GB hard drive. Which, if any, of these items will cause the installation to fail?

A) The processor

B) The memory

C) The hard disk

D) This configuration will work fine

14. You would like to configure a Windows 2000 Professional Workstation to display a list of drivers being loaded at boot. How do you configure this?

A) Add a /SOS switch to the config.sys file

B) Add a /DRV switch to the config.sys file

C) Add a /SOS switch to the boot.ini file

D) Add a /DRV switch to the autoexec.bat file

15. You run a small home office with an 56k modem connection to the internet. You have 1 Windows 2000 Professional Workstation and 2 Windows 95 computers connected to a hub and you need them all to be connected to the internet. How do you make this happen?

A) Get rid of the hub. Install 2 network adapters in the Windows 2000 Professional computer and connect them to each of the Windows 95 machines using crossover cables

B) Install DHCP server and DNS on your Windows 2000 Professional workstation

C) Enable ICS

D) Multihome your Windows 2000 Professional workstation and enable IP Routing.

16. Using Convert, it is possible to convert a partition from:

A) NTFS to FAT32

B) NTFS to FAT

C) FAT to NTFS

D) FAT to FAT32

E) All of the above

17. You have a central Windows 2000 Workstation that is used by multiple users. You need the workstation to automatically install the latest service pack the next time the computer is turned on. How do you proceed?

A) You must load the service pack on the workstation locally

B) Publish the Windows Installer Package

C) Assign the installation package to the computer

D) Assign the installation package to the user

18. Which utility is used to aid in the creation of Answer and UDF files?

A) Installation Manager

B) Sysprep

C) Device Manager

D) Setup Manager

19. Which of the following is true of Windows 2000 Professional?

A) Does not support group policies

B) Ships with built-in fax support

C) Does not support mandatory profiles

D) Ships with a built-in proxy server

20. You have a dual processor Windows 2000 Professional Workstation. Which performance monitor counter do you use to track how much processor time is being devoted to processing interrupts?

A) Thread: % processor time

B) Processor: % interrupt time

C) Processor: Interrupts/sec

D) Process: Thread counter

21. What is the UNC path to a share called "myshare" on a server called "myserver"?

A) //myserver/myshare

B) myservermyshare

C) //myshare/myserver

D) mysharemyserver

22. You need to upgrade a Windows 3.x client to Windows 2000 Professional. How do you proceed?

A) Windows 3.x can be upgraded directly to Windows 2000 Professional

B) There is no upgrade path for this configuration

C) You must upgrade to Windows 9.x and then upgrade to Windows 2000 Professional

D) You must upgrade from Windows 3.x to NT 4.0 Workstation and then upgrade to Windows 2000 Professional

E) C or D will work

23. You need to change a user's roaming profile from personal to mandatory on a Windows 2000 Professional workstation. Which of the following will accomplish this?

A) Change the user's NTUSER.DAT file to NTUSER.MAN

B) Modify the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE registry key

C) Use the computer management applet in Administrative Tools

D) Use the Regional Options control panel

24. Which of the following is required on a client in order to perform remote installation using RIS?

A) A NET PC configuration

B) A network card that is compliant with the HCL and a remote installation boot disk

C) A network card configured to use a PXE boot ROM

D) Any of the above will work

25. You are installing Windows 2000 Professional and need to instruct the installation to copy all installation files to the hard disk as the CD may be unavailable at a later time. When running WINNT32.EXE, which command switch will accomplish this?

A) /u

B) /makelocalsource

C) /copyinstfiles

D) /mkdirlocal

26. Your company has a user named Bob that works part-time in the office and part time from home. You need to create a profile that will give Bob the same profile settings no matter where he logs in. You also have a need to make sure that he is unable to permanently change any of the profile settings. Which profile type should be used?

A) Mandatory Mobile

B) Roaming

C) Mandatory Local

D) Mandatory Roaming

27. You wish to check and make sure that the hardware that is installed on a client will be compatible with a Windows 2000 professional upgrade. Which of the following will give you this information?

A) Run WINNT32.EXE /checkupgradeonly

B) Run WINNT.EXE /checkupgradeonly

C) Run chkdsk.exe

D) There is no way to do this other than to take inventory of the hardware installed and verify it on the Hardware Compatibility List(HCL)

28. Which tool can be used to remotely administer network shares?

A) Computer Management Snap-in

B) System Manager

C) Disk Administrator

D) Setup Manager

29. In comparison to locally installed applications, which of the following is not true of shared network applications?

A) Use less diskspace

B) Uses more network resources

C) More difficult to upgrade

D) Applications cannot be run over a Windows 2000 network

30. You are attempting to set up multiple displays in Windows 2000 Professional. You have a display adapter built into the motherboard and have a PCI display adapter for the second monitor. Which of the following is the correct way to approach this situation?

A) Windows 2000 multiple display only supports AGP adapters for the second adapter card. You must buy a PCI display adapter

B) Windows 2000 does not support built in adapter cards for multiple displays. You must buy an additional display adapter

C) Install Windows 2000 with the built-in adapter and then add the PCI adapter afterward

D) The PCI adapter must be installed before Windows 2000 installation begins

E) Disable the built-in adapter in the BIOS. During installation, configure Windows 2000 to use the PCI adapter. After installation is complete, enable the built-in display adapter

Answers of Windows 2000 Professional Exam

1. You are setting up an Answer file for an unattended setup. You wish for the installation to use the settings in the answer file, however, you would like for the installer to see these values and have the option of changing them. Which User Interaction Level do you choose?

Correct answer: D) Provide Defaults

(Note: During installation, provide defaults will show the default settings in the answer file, yet allow the installer to make changes.)

2. You wish to browse only the computers in your local workgroup. How do you accomplish this?

Correct answer: B) Go to My Network Places and select Computer Near Me

(Note: Computer Near Me will display the computers in your local workgroup)

3. Which of the following is not an attribute of a Windows 2000 redirector?

Correct answer: B) Runs in User mode

(Note: Windows 2000 redirectors run in Kernel mode.)

4. When sharing files, which of the following cache settings will make all files that have been opened via the share available offline to those that access the files?

Correct answer: C) Automatic Caching for Documents

(Note: Only files that are opened become available offline using Automatic Caching for Documents.)

5. You need to dual boot a computer with Windows 2000 Professional and Windows 95 OSR1. You need all partitions to be accessible from both operating systems. Which file system should be used when creating the partitions?

Correct answer: A) FAT

(Note: Windows 95 did not support FAT32 until the OSR2 upgrade. Rather than formatting the partition as fat, it would probably be better to upgrade Windows 95 to OSR2 and use FAT32.)

6. Which of the following is not a requirement in order to use web based printer management?

Correct answer: B) The SNMP service

(Note: With IIS or Peer Web Services(PWS), I.E. 4.x or higher and the name of the print server, the browser can be used to administer printers from any computer.)

7. Which of the following is not true?

Correct answer: D) Client for Microsoft Networks can be installed in the services tab of Network properties

(Note: Client or Microsoft Networks can be added from the Network and Dial-up Connections control panel. Then right click on the network adapter and select properties.)

8. Which of the following services does not need to be available on the network in order to perform a remote installation using RIS?

Correct answer: D) None of the above

(Note: DNS, DHCP and Active Directory are all required in order to perform a remote installation using RIS.)

9. How do you set up a VPN connection in Windows 2000 professional?

Correct answer: A) Go to the Network and Dial-up Connection control panel and run the Network Connection Wizard. Select Make New Connection and choose the Connects to a Private Network Through the Internet option

(Note: Windows 2000 supports PPTP and L2TP VPN connections. L2TP can be configured to IPSec encryption or no encryption(not recommended). The type of connection that a Windows 2000 Professional workstation will make is determined by the server that it is connecting to.)

10. You format a partition as NTFS. What are the default permissions for the root directory?

Correct answer: C) Full control for the everyone group

(Note: By default, full control permissions are assigned to the root directory on an NTFS partition.)

11. You have installed a Windows 2000 workstation and wish to create an image of the system and applications that can be applied to 50 other client workstations via RIS. Which utility is required?

Correct answer: B) Riprep

(Note: Riprep allows the creation of an image which can be stored on an RIS server and be available to clients for remote installation.)

12. Which of the following is true?

Correct answer: D) A copied file inherits the permissions of the target directory

(Note: A copy operation or a move to a DIFFERENT partition will result in the file inheriting the permissions of the target directory.)

13. You are preparing to install Windows 2000 Professional on an Intel based computer with the following hardware configuration: Pentium 166, 64mb RAM and a 1GB hard drive. Which, if any, of these items will cause the installation to fail?

Correct answer: D) This configuration will work fine

(Note: Microsoft recommends a hard disk at least 2GB in size with at least 685MB of free space. A 1GB disk will work, it just isn't recommended.)

14. You would like to configure a Windows 2000 Professional Workstation to display a list of drivers being loaded at boot. How do you configure this?

Correct answer: C) Add a /SOS switch to the boot.ini file

15. You run a small home office with an 56k modem connection to the internet. You have 1 Windows 2000 Professional Workstation and 2 Windows 95 computers connected to a hub and you need them all to be connected to the internet. How do you make this happen?

Correct answer: C) Enable ICS

(Note: Internet Connection Sharing(ICS) allows multiple computers to share the same internet connection. ICS uses Network Address Translation(NAT) to provide an internal network address scheme that translates to an "external" address. It also provides gateway and name services.)

16. Using Convert, it is possible to convert a partition from:

Correct answer: C) FAT to NTFS

(Note: The Convert utility allows you to convert a FAT or FAT32 partition to NTFS. When possible, it is best to reformat the partition as the Convert utility can cause fragmentation on the newly formatted drive.)

17. You have a central Windows 2000 Workstation that is used by multiple users. You need the workstation to automatically install the latest service pack the next time the computer is turned on. How do you proceed?

Correct answer: C) Assign the installation package to the computer

(Note: Publishing an installation package makes the install program available to a USER(S) no matter where they login to the network. Assigning the installation program to USERS creates a shortcut that will start the installation when the user attempts to launch the application. Assigning to a computer makes the installation occur at next restart and makes the application available to all users of that workstation.)

18. Which utility is used to aid in the creation of Answer and UDF files?

Correct answer: D) Setup Manager

(Note: Setup Manager is the tool that allows one to create or modify Answer and UDF files.)

19. Which of the following is true of Windows 2000 Professional?

Correct answer: B) Ships with built-in fax support

(Note: Windows 2000 does ship with built-in faxing support(finally).)

20. You have a dual processor Windows 2000 Professional Workstation. Which performance monitor counter do you use to track how much processor time is being devoted to processing interrupts?

Correct answer: B) Processor: % interrupt time

(Note: The % interrupt time measures how much time the processor is spending on interrupts.)

21. What is the UNC path to a share called "myshare" on a server called "myserver"?

Correct answer: B) myservermyshare

(Note: UNC paths are in the format serversharesubdirectoryfilename. You will not always use the subdirectory or filename.)

22. You need to upgrade a Windows 3.x client to Windows 2000 Professional. How do you proceed?

Correct answer: E) C or D will work

23. You need to change a user's roaming profile from personal to mandatory on a Windows 2000 Professional workstation. Which of the following will accomplish this?

Correct answer: A) Change the user's NTUSER.DAT file to NTUSER.MAN

(Note: A) This file can be found in the user's profile. You will need administrative rights to perform this function.)

24. Which of the following is required on a client in order to perform remote installation using RIS?

Correct answer: D) Any of the above will work

25. You are installing Windows 2000 Professional and need to instruct the installation to copy all installation files to the hard disk as the CD may be unavailable at a later time. When running WINNT32.EXE, which command switch will accomplish this?

Correct answer: B) /makelocalsource

(Note: The I386 directory can also be copied from the cd at a later time.)

26. Your company has a user named Bob that works part-time in the office and part time from home. You need to create a profile that will give Bob the same profile settings no matter where he logs in. You also have a need to make sure that he is unable to permanently change any of the profile settings. Which profile type should be used?

Correct answer: D) Mandatory Roaming

(Note: A mandatory roaming profile, will allow a users settings to "travel" with them while preventing them from making lasting changes.)

27. You wish to check and make sure that the hardware that is installed on a client will be compatible with a Windows 2000 professional upgrade. Which of the following will give you this information?

Correct answer: A) Run WINNT32.EXE /checkupgradeonly

(Note: Remember that WINNT32.EXE is used for upgrades. The checkupgradeonly switch will force installation to only check the hardware compatibility and create a report.)

28. Which tool can be used to remotely administer network shares?

Correct answer: A) Computer Management Snap-in

(Note: The computer management snap-in will allow users with appropriate permissions to remotely share and set share-level permissions on directories located on another computer.)

29. In comparison to locally installed applications, which of the following is not true of shared network applications?

Correct answer: C) More difficult to upgrade

(Note: Upgrading applications is much easier when you only have to upgrade it in once place. If an application needing an upgrade were installed locally on 1000 client machines, all 1000 computers would have to be upgraded individually.)

30. You are attempting to set up multiple displays in Windows 2000 Professional. You have a display adapter built into the motherboard and have a PCI display adapter for the second monitor. Which of the following is the correct way to approach this situation?

Correct answer: C) Install Windows 2000 with the built-in adapter and then add the PCI adapter afterward

(Note: The Windows 2000 installation program will disable a built in adapter if an additional PCI or AGP adapter is detected. You must install Windows 2000 and then install the additional display adapter. The BIOS in some computers will disable the built-in adapter when another is detected. If this is not a configurable option in the BIOS, then a second adapter card must be purchased.)

test 11

Windows 2000 Professional

Kay

1.You are an administrator of a small business network. You have one dial-up account at an ISP and want all computers on your network connect to the Internet. What shall you do ?

Enable Internet sharing.

Enable on-demand dialing.

Enable sharing a modem on one computer on the network.

d.????

2.You have two processes running on your computer--P1 and P2. You noticed that when you run both of them, P2 always times out, while when you pause/stop P1, P2 runs fine. P1 runs with "real time" priority and uses 12 threads; P2 runs with "normal" priority" and uses 1 thread. What should you do ?

Increase the number of threads for P2;

Increase the priority for P2;

Decrease the number of threads for P1;

Decrease the priority for P1.

3.You upgrade Win98 to Win2000. After the text mode of installation is done, the computer reports that Virus checker found a Boot Master Disk Virus. What shall you do ?

Disable Virus checker in BIOS;

b.Uninstall Virus checker in Win98;

Edit boot.ini file;

Run "fixmbr.exe" from Windows 2000 CD.

4.You use two modems for a RAS connection, but when you actually dial-in into the server, only one modem is connected. What shall you do ?

Enable Multilink on the RAS server;

Install Multilink-compliant modems;

c.???

d.???

5.You need to copy a 2MB bitmap, compressed to 1MB. You are trying to copy it to a floppy disk, but eventually get an error message "Insufficient disk space." What shall you do ?

Move file rather than copy.

Compress file more.

Copy empty compressed folder on a floppy and then copy the file.

copy the file on a network share.

Format the floppy disk, and then try to copy the file.

Windows 2000 Professional

Hoooooo

Study hard, don't rely on just the MOC. Use my submissions to learn. Install the product, play with it.

1. You the administrator logs onto a Windows 2000 professional computer, which is used by different students. User1 is not an administrator. You like to use this account instead of logging on as administrator for security reasons. You want to schedule a task to run a command called ADDUSERS.CMD to add six new users. What do you need to do?

Schedule the task to run under and administrator account

Log on as Administrator and schedule to run under USER1

Take Ownership of ADDUSERS.CMD

2. You are an administrator in a company that has Windows 2000 professional systems. Your users have been installing unsupported USB drivers on to their systems causing them to lock up and fail. You want to insure that only drivers that are in the HAL can be installed. What must be done? (Choose 2)

Ignore - Install all files, regardless of file signature

Warn - Display a message before installing an unsigned file

Block - Prevent installation of unsigned files

Apply setting as system default

3. You are performing a Weekly backup and you want to be sure that you backup everything including the registry, boot files, and COM

Configure the backup to backup the system state area

Configure the backup to backup the system partition

Create a batch file to run RDISK.EXE /s-before backup starts

Create a batch file to run RDISK.EXE /s- after backup is started

4. You install a ZIP drive into a Windows 2000 system. You install the drivers. On reboot the system locks. You can't get in, and even safe mode doesn't work. How do you unload the driver to get back in to Windows 2000 professional? (Choose three)

Go into device manager and remove Zip drive.

From a command prompt run LISTSVC to disable the zip driver

From a command prompt run DISABLE to disable the zip driver

Select recovery console from the repair E. Start the PC from CD-ROM

5. You need to share a financial spreadsheet with other employees of your company. The material is of a sensitive nature and you want to prevent the ability of users to use offline caching. How do you do this?

Assign Special Permissions

Select Shared folder properties, caching, deselect "Allow Caching"

6. On a Windows 2000 professional system you set up a scheduled task to run. It does not run when expected. You log in and run the task, it works. What should you do to insure that it works in the future?

Schedule the task to run in the same security context as you

Schedule the task to be logged on as an administrator

Delete the task and start over

7. You install an ISA sound card into your Windows 2000 Professional system. The card fails. You reboot and go into safe mode. What do you do? A. Enable driver-signing

B. Disable driver-signing

C. Disable driver

D. Disable using computer management

8. Maria has been set up as an assistant to you the administrator. Users are complaining that Maria has been opening their files and editing them. She needs to perform backups and installations of programs, and setting up of printers. How do you fix the problem with the minimum amount of effort, yet allowing her to accomplish the assigned tasks?

Remove her Administrator privilege and give her Power Users and Backup Operators

Leave her as Administrator and make deny on Users' files

9. You work for an accounting firm. Currently all developers are running Windows 98. The company wants to go to Windows 2000 Professional. Programmers are going to need to code in both a Windows 98 environment and a Windows 2000 environment. What platform can you install that will optimize the availability of code to both environments?

FAT16

FAT32

NTFS

HPFS

10. You're running Windows 2000 professional. You set up a color laserjet printer on computer1, you name it printer 1. You have the same color laserjet on computer2, you name this one printer 2. The laserjet on computer1 fails. You want to send the three print jobs to the printer on computer2 that are in the computer1 queue. You do not want to have users to re-send these jobs to the printer. How can you accomplish this?

Select a second printer port on the printer in computer1 redirect the port to computer2printer2

Select redirect from printer properties

Stop and restart the service

11. How can you quickly find out the full path descriptions to all of your shares?

Windows explorer

Use storage in the computer management tool

Event Viewer in the computer management tool

System tools in the computer management tool

12. Windows NT 4.0 is currently on the system you are using, and you want to install Windows 2000 Professional. Windows NT 4.0 is currently on an NFTS partition. For some reason you have decided that you are not going to upgrade, but rather, you are going to run this in a dual boot fashion. What do you need to do?

Can't be done.

You need to put Windows 2000 on a separate partition from Windows NT4.0

You need to upgrade Windows NT 4.0 to SP4.

13. You have a system with two monitors, both set for 16-bit color and 1024 X 768 resolution. You decide to set up a DOS application in a DOS Virtual Machine Window. Default DOS configuration is in effect (Default autoexec.nt and config.nt) and the default DOS .PIF file is present. You place the shortcut on the first monitor screen. When you open it the screen goes to scrambled. You move the shortcut to monitor #2 and launching the app locks. What do you need to do?

Change both monitors to 256 colors. Configure the application to run full screen

Change both monitors to run and optima settings. Configure the application to run full screen

Update the drivers for Video card #1 Change #2 to 640 X 480 D. Do something else

14. You are trying to install a plug-and-play printer. During the completion of the install, the following error pops up Plug-n-play printer error 00000007E-293 WINPRINT.DLL modules not found. What can you do?

Install a WDM compliant driver

15. Bob is going on a trip with his laptop configured with Windows 2000 professional. He is concerned that he will run out of battery life and his system will crash. He asks you to configure the power savings feature so that when he is not using his laptop, it will save his work and power down. You go into APM options. What should you do next?

Set the system to hibernation mode to 15 minutes

Set the system to snooze mode after 15 minutes.

16. You are upgrading two windows NT4 computers to Windows 2000. Computer 1 completes the upgrade with no problems. During the upgrade of computer 2, you experience a power loss and cannot boot into NT4. You want to use Computer 1 to help Computer 2 recover. How can this be done?

Do an across the network install

Run MAKEBT32.EXE to make diskettes to start your machine.

Copy the boot files from computer 1 to a floppy, boot to the floppy and continue the setup of computer2.

17. You have ten computers in your organization that are not connected to the Internet. The company breaks down and purchases a 56K modem to connect to the Internet. You implement Internet connectivity sharing. Now you can't see any of the other computers on your network. What do you do? A. Disable Internet Connection Sharing.

B. Use IPCONFIG to release and to renew

18. You are using Windows 2000 professional at home with a smart card installed, You want to connect to you RAS server to pick up e-mail. What protocol will you need?

EAP

PPTP

IPSec

NETBEUI

19. You are deploying an application using windows 2000 (Windows 2000 Service pack). When Users try to install it the installation fails. What do you need to do in order correct the situation?

Re-deploy the .msi file

Re-deploy the .mst file

Re-deploy using the .zap file

20. You are an administrator that has just received in 100 PC's with Windows 98 on them. They also have Dual 500Mhz processors on them. You decide that you want to upgrade them all up to Windows 2000 Professional. After running set up on a machine you realize that only one of the processors is being seen by the OS what do you do next?

Run sysprep.exe update the machines after deployment

Run sysprep.exe with -pnp option

On the test machine update use device manager to update the system to recognize the second processor. Then run sysprep.exe.

21. TCP/IP diagram question: 4 PC's on one side of the router. 3 configured with TCP/IP and NWLink 802.2 and fourth PC with NWLink 802.2. Their gateway configuration is wrong the other side is all TCP/IP configured correctly to the router. What are the two best things to get them all talking together?

The DHCP server was handing out bad gateway addresses

Configure the Nwlink PC to use DHCP

Configure the Nwlink PC to use 802.2

Configure everyone to use NETBEUI

22. Sandy has a Windows 2000 Professional system. Today she is visiting another department, and is using a Windows NT 4.0 system. She wants to print a document but is missing her printer. You want her to be able to print from any computer she logs in at. What can you do to insure that she has this ability?

Create a roaming profile

23. You want to remove the logoff option from your screen. What TWO places can you do this from?

Local Policy

Group policy

24. You are the administrators of your company's network. Your network has 75 windows 2000 professional computers and eight Windows 2000 Server computers. Users on the network drive save their work files in home folders on a network server. The NTFS partition that contains the home folders has Encrypting File System(EFS) enabled. The partition also has disk quotas defined. A user named candy reports that she cannot save any files to her home folder. She also cannot update files in her home folder. When she attempts to save files to the folder she receives the following error message insufficient disk space. Other users are not experiencing this problem with their home folders. You want to enable candy to save files in her home folder. What should you do?

Log on to the network as a Recovery Agent. Decrypt all of candy's files in her home folder.

Log on to the network by using the domain Administrator account. Grant Candy Full control permission to her home folder.

Use Windows Backup to archive and remove old files on the server.

Increase the server a disk quota entry for candy to accommodate the additional files

25. You are the administrator of your computer's network. Your company is based in Russia and conducts the majority of its business in Russian. Users in your company create, view, and edit documents in English(US), French and Spanish to communicate with vendors internationally users run the Russian localized edition of windows 2000 professional on their desktop and portable computer. A user named Katrin wants to create a word processing document in both English and Spanish by using Notepad in windows 2000 professional. She requests your assistance in enabling English and Spanish on her computer. What should you do?

Instruct Katrin to select the desired input locale for either English or Spanish within Notepad.

Instruct Katrin to select the input locale indicator on the taskbar and select either English or Spanish

Instruct Katrin to use Regional Options in Control Panel to add input locales and keyboard layouts/IME for both English and Spanish.

Create a local computer policy for Katrin's computer to include both English and Spanish.

26. You install Windows 2000 professional on your computer at home. You create a new dial-up connection to connect to your company's remote access server. You configure the connection to use both of your external modems and to use multilink to bind the modems together. You start the dial-up connection and connect to the remote access server. You notice that only one of the modems is connected to the remote access server. What should you do?

Configure the dial-up connection to use a SLIP connection

Configure the company's remote access server to accept multilink connections

Replace your modems with new modems that support multilink

Grant your user account multilink permission on the company's remote access.

27. You are using a dialup connection. You want to insure that your password is encrypted. What protocols from the list below would you disable?

PAP

SPAP

MSCHAP

MSCHAP V2

For MS based CHAP Protocols

28. You are upgrading 50 Win98 computers to Win2kPro. They all have the exact same hardware and are PXE compliant. The first 10 computers install correctly. How do you install Win2kPro to the rest?

Change BIOS settings

Add more IP addresses in the DHCP server

Make startup disks using RBFG.EXE

29. You install a new CD-ROM. It is not working correctly. You check resources and see that it is not using "Automatic" resource settings. How do you get your CDROM to work?

Check "Use Automatic Settings"

30. You want to back up and encrypted file. Your options are to a floppy or to a network share. What do you do?

Copy the files to a network share and do nothing else

Format the floppy as NTFS and copy it there

Copy it to a fat32 network share

31. How do you move the printer spool to another drive? A. Printer Properties, advanced tab 32. You have a 2 MB Windows Bit Map. You have compression enabled on Drive C:. The file has been compressed to 1 MB. You try to copy the file to a floppy disk but you get the message "insufficient disk space." How can you copy the file to the disk?

Compress the bitmap with a 3rd party compression tool then transfer it to the "a" drive.

33. You want to upgrade 150 computers from wks4 to 2000 pro. You create a unattent.txt file by using setup manager. You copy the file to a floppy disk. You then start the installation on a test computer by using the windows 2000 professional CD-ROM. You insert the floppy disk after the computer starts. Although you had set the user interaction level to full unattended mode, u are prompted for all the required parameters. You want to ensure that the unattended installation does not prompt you for input. What should you do? a. Add a {data} section to aunattend.txt, and set the unattended install Parameter to YES.

b. Add an {Un-attend} section to unattend.txt, and set the OEMP reinstall parameter to Yes.

c. Rename unattend.txt on the floppy disk to winnt.sif

d. Create a $oem$$1 folder on the hard disk of the test computer, and copy unattend.txt to the folder.

34. You are the administrator of your company's network. A user named Peter runs windows 2000 Professional on his portable computer. Peter wants to be able to work at home on files that were created in the office on the company network. Prior to logging off the network and leaving the office, Peter enables offline files. Peter calls you from home and reports that copies of his folders and files on the network are not available on his portable computer. What should you instruct peter to do?

Enable file and print sharing. Peter will be able to access his files at home immediately.

Synchronize all offline files. Peter will be able to access his files at home immediately.

At the office, make all files available offline. Peter will be able to access his files the next time he logs off the network.

At the office, create a shortcut to the Offline Files folder. Peter will be able to access his files the next time he logs off the network.

35. Your windows 2000 professional computer has 10-shared folders that are available to other network users. A user reports that he cannot access a shared folder named share A. You want to respond to the user's problem as quickly as possible by using an administrative tool. However, you cannot remember the server location of Share A. What should you do?

Use windows explorer to display the file paths of your shared folders. b. Use store it in computer management to view local drive properties.

Use event viewer in computer management to search for shared folder error messages.

Use System tools in computer management ot display the file paths of your shared folders.

36. You are using windows installer to deploy an application to 750 windows 2000 Professional computers on your network. The network includes an organizational unit (OU) named sales. A Group Policy object (GPO) is created for the Sales OU. The software deployment of the application is unsuccessful. During the deployment, some users in the Sales OU report that the installation is aborting with random errors midway through the installation process. The remaining users in the Sales OU report that the software is installing, but is giving them general protection fault errors. What should you do?

Repackage and re-deploy the application's .msi file to the Sales OU.

Repackage and re-deploy the application's .mst file to the Sales OU.

Re-deploy the application by using the Group Policy object (GPO for the Sales OU.

Restart Windows Installer on all computers in the Sales OU. Then re-deploy the application's .zap file to the sales OU.

37. Kristin works between 2 offices. From her laptop, she logs into her Boston account using her login "Bost_Eng". She only has the English version available. When Kristin logs into her Mexico account "Mex_Span", she only has Spanish language available. Kristin logs in to the Bost_Eng account and needs to use Spanish. She tries to install Spanish but is not able to. You are the network administrator, how to address this problem so that Kristen can use English and Spanish from her Bost_Eng account?

Change her settings in the OU to allow Kristin to use Spanish

Giver her appropriate permissions to allow her to install the Spanish language option.

38. You are having problems with video during an unattended installation, the screen flickers and blanks out. Place the cross hairs on the line where the problem exists in your unattended.txt file. (There was a lot more to this question, just can't remember it)

The answer was either BitsperPel or Vrefresh) Read what normal settings should be for each of those using a 640-480 resolution. Make sure you know which one 640 and which is 480 [Display] BitsPerPel = 8 Vrefresh = 80 Xresolution = 640 Yresolution = 480

39. You want to automate the RIS installation of a syspreped image, what files do you need to copy to the floppy disk?

Sysprep.inf, some other stuff.

40. You have a DNS server, Active directory installed, RIS server, and a client computer that meets the net pc specs. The client computer is behind a non bootp compliant router. Drag and drop the appropriate items to make it work. A. You had to drag the dchp relay agent onto the router and drag a dchp server as well.

To answer this question correctly, you need to know what is required to install via a RIS. 1. Win2k Server with RIS installed 2. DNS server 3. DHCP server 4. Win2k Domain with active directory 5. Client computer that meets net pc specs 6. Ability of the net pc to reach the dchp server.

41. You have configured accessibility options for Tom; this includes sticky keys, filters, ect. Everything is working correctly. Tom leaves his computer and comes back an hour later. None of the accessibility options work anymore. What should you do?

In control panel, accessibility options, on the general tab, disable "Turn off accessibility features after idle for xx minutes"

42. You want to change the location of a users roaming profile from c:documents and settings to a network share pdcusers how do you do this?

On the server configure user properties and place the path as pdcusers%username%

43. A user has a laptop which he uses offline and online. You want to change the users profile to roaming. When you attempt to change the setting. The "change to roaming" option is grayed out. How do you address this problem?

In control panel, system, change profile to roaming

Have him log back into the network then see if option is not grayed out.

44. RAS question: You dial in using TPC/IP. You see all the PC's on the local network to the RAS server, but you do not see any of the other networks. What do you do?

Use default Gateway on the server.

45. Someone is deleting files and you wish to find out who it is. (Select 2)

Enable local group policy object access

Select files to audit using explorer

Answers :

1. A

2. C,D

3. A

4. C,D,E

5. B

6. A

7. C maybe D

8. A

9. B

10. A

11. D

12. C

13. A?

14. A

15. A

16. B

17. ?

18. A

19. B?

20. C

21. A,C

22. A

23. A,B

24. D

25. C

26. B

27. A,B

28. A Possibly B

29. A

30. A

31. A

32. A

33. C

34. C

35. D

36. ?

37. ?

38. ?

39. A

40. A

41. A

42. A

43. ?

44. A

45. A,B Understand that some of my answers are wrong, so research everything. If you take, give something back!

Windows 2000 Professional

Mike

General impressions : About this test are that it's an improvement over the NT exams in the area that it'll be much harder to pass without actually having worked with it - there were far too many Paper MCP's and MCSE's out there, hopefully these new exams will bring back a little respectability to the Microsoft Certifications. So I'd recommend actually using the product before trying the exam.

1 You are creating a dail-up connection on your Windows 2000 portable computer to connect to your customer's dail-up server. You are not sure which type of server your customer is using for dail-up connections. You want to ensure that your dail-up connection authentication is secure and that your logon information is not sent in plain text. You view the Advanced Security Settings dialog box as shown in the exhibit (exhibit logon security use EAP in NOT selected, the rest is selected) Which option or options should you disable in the Advanced Security Settings dialog box? (Choose all that apply)

Unencrypted password (PAP)

Shiva Password Authentication Protocol (SPAP)

Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP)

Microsoft CHAP (MS-CHAP)

Microsoft CHAP Version 2 (MS-CHAP v2)

For Microsoft CHAP based protocols.

2 You encrypt three files to ensure the security of the files. You want to make a backup copy of the three files and maintain security setting. You have the option of backing up to either the network or a floppy disk. What should you do?

Copy the files to a network share on a NTFS volume. Do nothing further.

Copy the files to a network share on a FAT32 volume. Do nothing further.

Copy the files to a floppy disk that has been formatted by using Windows 2000 Professional. Do nothing further.

Place the files in an encrypted folder. Then copy the folder to a floppy disk.

Good luke to Marc.

Instead of this question type, they will now use "real scenarios", including problems. Your task is to choose the right way to solve them ....

Even "Drag&Drop" can be found in the exams. For example, You have to put missing "network - pieces" to the right place in a picture of a whole network of Your company.

1. You want to upgrade some PCs in your company. They use several different Hardware. How can You check the compatibility with minimizing your work ?

2. You update some W98 - machines to W2K. After Reboot, You get a Virus-warning from your BIOS. The MBR is changed, eventually by a Virus. What to do ?

3. After a SCSI - install, you can´t start your machines. How to get them running ?

4. You´ve designed a super-network. After installing W2K on one machine, you don´t want non-W2K-machines to contact your W2K-computer. How to manage ?

5. You share some folders on a W2K-Computer. After a few weeks of holiday, You can´t find any of Your MS-Word filez, someone has scratched ... How can You trace the "killer", when (s)he tries to get access next time ?

6. How to create a scheduled backup of system filez and emergency repair filez ?

7. One user leaves your company, another gets his position. How can You give the same permissions and restrictions to him with minimizing Your work ?

8. What to do before installing unknown drivers (signification etc...)

9. What methods do You know to push up the performance od Your machine?

10. If Your printer dies, what´s the way to put Your 3 print-awaiting documents to another network-printer ?

11. What is an recovery agent and how to use ?

12. Fat, Fat 32, NTFS - a few easy questions

13. A funny question about solving hardware conflicts with the hardware assistant. The question refers to an USB-Problem, the screenshot shows a conflict at the IR-devices. A little bit confusing, isn´t it ?

14. When You try to shut down your laptop, You aren´t able to power off the shitty little box. Here is something to do with Your APM - settings.

15. A user prints a lot of small docs by using a network printer. After printing a doc, (s)he gets a short message that the doc is printed completely. How to turn these messages off ?

16. A user with installed fax-service isn´t able to receive faxes, but to send them. What´s the problem ?

17. You want to create a shared internet connection, but the users shouldn´t have any permissions except http and ftp-sitez (know the ports !)

18. Drive C: is nearly filled up, drive D: is quite empty. You want your printer to access drive D: for the spool directory, as your printings sometimes fail because of a memory leak.

19. What happens, if You copy (move) encypted (compressed) filez to other folders, drives ?

20. Installing with RIS. Know sysprep.inf, unattend.txt, *.sif ...

21. What can be the reason for a lazy Task-Manager, when this shitty app won´t start the created tasks ?

Macrosoft uses the exam 70-210 to ensure Your knowledge about W2K professional. But a lot of questions circle around (is that o.k.?) Network, Routers, Server Problems and such things. You´ll have to know enough about TCP/IP and the other protocols.

You MUST know the functions and positions of the different network-machines (WINS-Server, Proxy-Server, Member-Server, DHCP-Server, BootP ...).

For getting a real real good passing score, You must be specialized in developing problem solutions for "Your company´s network and ist users".

And ALWAYS remember :

Posting braindumps makes many many people happy !

Perhaps You could get to heaven !

I hope, You won´t be lucky, You could get my job !

Windows 2000 Professional

Melissa

1. You want to install windows 2000 professional on 45 new computers on your company's network. You first install windows 2000 professional on one of the new computers. You log on to the computer by using the local administrator account. You install ms office97, a virus scanner, and other company-standard applications. You then create a RIS image of the computer u configured.

2. You want to configure the RIS image so that the standard applications will be accessible to the user when the user first logs on to the network. What should u do?

run rbfg.exe before installing the standard applications.

Run riprep.exe before installing the standard applications.

Copy the all users profile to the default users profile.

Copy the local administrator account profile toe the default users profile

3. You want to upgrade 150 computers from wks4 to 2000 pro. You create an unattent.txt file by using setup manager. You copy the file to a floppy disk. You then start the installation on a test computer by using the windows 2000 professional CD-ROM. You insert the floppy disk after the computer starts. Although you had set the user interaction level to full unattended mode, u are prompted for all the required parameters. You want to ensure that the unattended installation does not prompt you for input. What should you do?

Add a {data} section to aunattend.txt, and set the unattended install Parameter to YES.

Add an {Un-attend} section to unattend.txt, and set the OEMP reinstall parameter to Yes.

Rename unattend.txt on the floppy disk to winnt.sif

Create a $oem$$1 folder on the hard disk of the test computer, and copy unattend.txt to the folder.

4. You want to install windows2000 professional on 30 pxe-compliant computers and 35 non-pxe-compliant computers. All 65 computers are included on the current hardware compatibility list (HCL). You create a RIS image. You load the Image on the RIS server. You then start the 65 computers. You find that the 30 PXE-Compliant computers can connect to the RIS server. However, the 35 non-pxe-compliant computers to connect to the RIS server. What should u do?

Run Rbfg.exe to create a Non-pxe-compliant startup disk.

Run Riprep.exe to create a non-pxe complaint startup disk.

Grant the everyone group NTFS Read permission for the RIS image.

Grant the Administrators group NTFS Read permission for the RIS image.

5. You are upgrading a computer from windows98 to windows 20000 professional. The computer is a 400-Mhz Pentium III, and has 128 MB of RAM and a 10-GB hard disk. You are performing the installation by using the Windows 2000 Professional CD-ROM. After the text mode installation portion is complete, You restart the computer. The BIOS virus checker on your computer indicates that your computer is infected with a Master Boot Record virus. What should you do before u continue the installation?

Remove the virus checker in windows 98.

Disable the BIOS virus checker and restart the computer.

Run Fixmbr.Exe from the Windows 20000 Professional CD-ROM.

Modify the Boot.ini from to include a signature) parameter on the ARC path of the system partition.

6. You are the administrator of your company's network. You network has five Windows 2000 server computers and 75 windows 2000 Professional computers. The Windows 2000 Professional computers were installed by using a RIS image on one of the windows 2000 Server computers. You need to upgrade server application son the windows 20000 Professional computers. The applications do not have built-in support for scripted installations. You want to accomplish the following goals: - An unattended installation of the upgraded applications will be performed on the windows 20000 professional computers. - Existing users environment will be maintained on the windows 20000 Professional computers. - The network name of each Windows 20000 Professional computer will be changed to match its asset tag. - The RIS image and the upgraded applications will be enabled as they are added to the network. You take the following actions: - Install the RIS image on a Windows 20000 Professional computer named Computer1. - Install the upgraded applications on Computers1. - Change the network name of Computer1 to %DMI-SERIAL_NUM%. - Run RIPrep.exe on Computer1 to load the RIS image on to the RIS server. - Start all of the windows 20000 professional computers, and then load the RIS image from the RIS server. Which result or results do these actions produce? (Chooses all that apply.)

7. You run the English (US) edition of windows 2000 professional on your computer. You are developing a product installation document that has text in both English and Spanish. The word processing program you are using is a Windows 16-bit character-based application. You start the word processing program and complete the English Portion of the document. You then install Spanish as a language group by using Regional Options in Control Panel. However, You cannot use Spanish to complete the Spanish portion of your document. What should you do?

Change the language preference from English to Spanish within the word processing Program.

Install the Spanish version of Windows 2000 Professional . Reconfigure your language settings, and restart the word processing program.

Save and close the word processing program. Select Spanish by using the locate indicator on the taskbar, and restart the word processing program.

Save and close the word program. Log off and log on to the computer. Restart the Word processing program, and select Spanish by using the locale indicator on the taskbar.

8. You are the administrator of your company's network. Your company is based in Russia and conducts the majority of its business in Russian. Users in your company create, view, and edit documents in English (US), French, and Spanish to communicate weight vendors internationally. Users run the Russian localized edition of windows 2000 Professional on their desktop and portable computers. A user named Katrin wants to create a word processing documents in both English and Spanish by using Notepad in windows 2000 Professional. She requests your assistance in enabling English and Spanish on her computer. What should you do?

Instruct Katrin to select the desired input local for either English or Spanish within Notepad.

Instruct Katrin to select the input local indicator on the taskbar and select either English or Spanish.

Insturct Katrin to use Regional Options in Control Panel to add input Locales and keyboard layouts/IME for both English and Spanish.

Create a Local Computer Policy for Katrin's computer to include both English and Spanish.

8. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 network that has 1,5000 windows 20000 professional computers. Microsoft Office 2000 was assigned to all the computers on the network by using Group Policy object (GPO). You deploy the Office 2000 service release to all the Windows 20000 Professional computers on the network. The service release, in addition to other software that had been assigned, fails to install on only one of the computers. What should you do?

Re-deploy the service release by using a .Zap file.

……… mst file.

Restart windows installer on the do main controller.

Restart windows installer on the computers that failed to install the service release.

9. You are the administrator of your company's network. You configure a local group named accounting to have a mandatory user profile. The mandatory profile has been configured to include a custom logo that was saved with 16-bit color and 1025x768 resolution. Some of the windows 2000 0Professional computers in the accounting department have standard VGA video adapters, and others have SVGA video adapters. Sever users report that when they log on to certain windows 2000 Professional computers, the custom bitmap becomes very pixilate and distorted, and does not reflect the proper color depth. You want users to be able to correctly view the custom bitmap on any computer in the accounting department. What should you do?

Configure a roaming user profile for each user in the accounting group. b. Configure a separate user profile for each user in the accounting Group.

Change the custom bitmap to a 16-color bitmap that has 640x480 resolution, and reconfigure the mandatory user profile

Reinstall the appropriate WDM-compliant drivers for the computers that do not display the custom bitmap correctly.

10. You are using windows installer to deploy an application to 750 windows 2000 Professional computers on your network. The network includes an organizational unit (OU) named sales. A Group Policy object (GPO) is created for the Sales OU. The software deployment of the application is unsuccessful. During the deployment, some users in the Sales OU report that the installation is aborting with random errors midway through the installation process. The remaining users in the Sales OU report that the software is installing, but is giving them general protection fault errors. What should you do?

Repackage and re-deploy the application's .msi file to the Sales OU.

Repackage and re-deploy the application's .mst file to the Sales OU.

Re-deploy the application by using the Group Policy object (GPO for the Sales OU.

Restart Windows Installer on all computers in the Sales OU. Then re-deploy the application's .zap file to the sales OU.

12. You are the administrator of a Windows 2000 Professional computer that is shared by several users in the sales department. User accounts have been created for current users. Current users can log on to the computers. To accommodate new users, you add two new users accounts named user7 and user8 to the computer5. When user7 attempts to log on o the computer, she receives the following error message : "Windows cannot copy file c:documentsand SettingsDefault User to location C:Documents and SettingsUser7. Contact you network administrator. Detail - Access is denied. " When User8 attempts to log on to the computer, he receives the same type of error message. You want to allow the two new users, as well as other users in the sales department, to be able to log on to the computer. Which two methods can you use to accomplish your goal ?(Choose two.)

Add the user7 and user8 user accounts to the DACL for the Profiles shared folder on the network server.

Add the User7 and User8 user accounts to the DACL for the C:documents and SettingsDefault user folder.

Add the everyone group to the DACL for the C:documents and SettingsDefault user folder.

Add a group Policy object (GPO) for the Sales OU that redirects user profiles to a shared folder.

Log on by using the local Administrator account and create new folders for User7 and User8 in the C:documents and settings folder.

Select the allow inheritable permissions from parent to propagate to this object option on the c:documents and Settingsdefault user folder, and reset the permissions on all child objects.

Move and retain permissions and compressions

13. Your windows 2000 professional computer has 10 shared folders that are available to other network users. A user reports that he cannot access a shared folder named shareA. You want to respond to the user's problem as quickly as possible by using an administrative tool. However, you can not remember the server location of Share A. What should you do?

Use windows explorer to display the file paths of your shared folders. b. Use store it in computer management to view local drive properties.

Use event viewer in computer management to search for shared folder error messages.

Use System tools in computer management ot display the file paths of your shared folders.

15. FAT 32 dumps.

16. Printer ports dumps

17. You are the administrator of your company's network . A user named Peter runs windows 2000 Professional on his portable computer. Peter wants to be able to work at home on files that were create in the office on the company network. Prior to logging off the network and leaving the office, Peter enables offline files. Peter calls you from home and reports that copies of his folders and files on the network are not available on his portable computer. What should you instruct peter to do?

Enable file and print sharing. Peter will be able to access his files at home immediately.

Synchronize all offline files. Peter will be able to access his files at home immediately.

At the office, make all files available offline. Peter will be able to access his files the next time he logs off the network.

At the office, create a shortcut to the Offline Files folder. Peter will be able to access his files the next time he logs off the network.

18. You are the administrator of your company's network. Your network has 200 windows 2000 Professional computers and 15 windows 2000 server computers. Users on the network save their work files in home folders on a network server. The NTFS partition that contains the home folders has Encrypting File System (EFS) enabled. A user named John leaves the company. You move all of the files from John's home folder to his manager's folder. When the manager attempts to open an y of the files, she receives the following error message; "Access denied." You want the manager to be able to access the files. What should you do?

Grant the manager NTFS Full control permission to the files.

Grant the manager NTFS Take Ownership permission the files.

Log on to the network as a Recovery Agent. Decrypt the files for the manger.

Log on to the network as a member of the Backup Operators Group. Decrypt the fields for the manger.

Windows 2000 Professional

Redfox

1. Two question about Smartcard related to potocol

2. Two question about Offline folder

3. You set a roaming profile (a display with 1024x768 desktop resolution) for a group in a 30 computers network. Some of the computer has VGA and Other's has SuperVGA User complain they can not see the screen clearly. What should you do

4. System can not start after you install new Video card. How do you fix it? with Recover /Console

5. Install Window 2000 on window 98 machine, receive a warning said " Virius dectected... reformat MBR", What you need to do?

6. Three hard disk. You want install a dulboot system win98 on disk0 win2000 on disk1. you want disk1 has file security and data on disk3 can be by both system what file system you shold put on disk0 disk1 and disk2

7. You want to fully unattend install win2000. what setting is it in the unattend.txt file

8. How do you find the shard folder on yor system

9. Two hard disk, Computer run very slowly. disk1 contains win2000, where and how do you put the paging file.

10. Some question about the system duplication with utiltiy sysprep

11. The way to restore date if disk crashed. you will need to know hwo to check the backup log

12. After you look the performance screen, you need to decide how to upgrade your system

13. The printer is down, how to redirect the printing request

14. Your company only has one 56k modem connected to one computer to the internet, what shou you do to allow all computer on the network can be connect to internet.

15. You have a 2 MB Windows Bit Map. You have compression enabled on Drive C:. The file has been compressed to 1 MB. You try to copy the file to a floppy disk but you get the message "insufficient disk space." How can you copy the file to the disk? (check other dump)

16. You have two folder on one partition. folder1 (compressed) folder2 (encrpted). you want to move folder 2 to folder 1 and also prepared for data lose and security attribute. What should you do?

17. One question about the MS Software Installer Server

test 70-210

Windows 2000 Professional Exam

1. You format a partition as NTFS. What are the default permissions for the root directory?

A) Read and Write for the everyone group

B) Read only for the Users group

C) Full control for the everyone group

D) Read and Write for the users group

E) Change for the Everyone Group

2. You have a dual processor Windows 2000 Professional Workstation. Which performance monitor counter do you use to track how much processor time is being devoted to processing interrupts?

A) Thread: % processor time

B) Processor: % interrupt time

C) Processor: Interrupts/sec

D) Process: Thread counter

3. Which of the following is required on a client in order to perform remote installation using RIS?

A) A NET PC configuration

B) A network card that is compliant with the HCL and a remote installation boot disk

C) A network card configured to use a PXE boot ROM

D) Any of the above will work

4. What is the UNC path to a share called "myshare" on a server called "myserver"?

A) //myserver/myshare

B) myservermyshare

C) //myshare/myserver

D) mysharemyserver

5. You have installed a Windows 2000 workstation and wish to create an image of the system and applications that can be applied to 50 other client workstations via RIS. Which utility is required?

A) Sysprep

B) Riprep

C) Setup Manager

D) RIS Manager

6. Which of the following is not a requirement in order to use web based printer management?

A) IIS or PWS

B) The SNMP service

C) Internet Explorer 4.x or higher

D) The name or IP address of the print server

7. Which of the following is not true?

A) For best performance, you should remove unneccessary network protocols

B) The network type that serves as your primary interface should be moved to the top of the Provider Order

C) The protocol that serves as your primary interface should be moved to the top in Adapters and Bindings

D) Client for Microsoft Networks can be installed in the services tab of Network properties

8. You are installing Windows 2000 Professional and need to instruct the installation to copy all installation files to the hard disk as the CD may be unavailable at a later time. When running WINNT32.EXE, which command switch will accomplish this?

A) /u

B) /makelocalsource

C) /copyinstfiles

D) /mkdirlocal

9. You wish to check and make sure that the hardware that is installed on a client will be compatible with a Windows 2000 professional upgrade. Which of the following will give you this information?

A) Run WINNT32.EXE /checkupgradeonly

B) Run WINNT.EXE /checkupgradeonly

C) Run chkdsk.exe

D) There is no way to do this other than to take inventory of the hardware installed and verify it on the Hardware Compatibility List(HCL)

10. You run a small home office with an 56k modem connection to the internet. You have 1 Windows 2000 Professional Workstation and 2 Windows 95 computers connected to a hub and you need them all to be connected to the internet. How do you make this happen?

A) Get rid of the hub. Install 2 network adapters in the Windows 2000 Professional computer and connect them to each of the Windows 95 machines using crossover cables

B) Install DHCP server and DNS on your Windows 2000 Professional workstation

C) Enable ICS

D) Multihome your Windows 2000 Professional workstation and enable IP Routing.

11. Which utility is used to aid in the creation of Answer and UDF files?

A) Installation Manager

B) Sysprep

C) Device Manager

D) Setup Manager

12. Using Convert, it is possible to convert a partition from:

A) NTFS to FAT32

B) NTFS to FAT

C) FAT to NTFS

D) FAT to FAT32

E) All of the above

13. You need to upgrade a Windows 3.x client to Windows 2000 Professional. How do you proceed?

A) Windows 3.x can be upgraded directly to Windows 2000 Professional

B) There is no upgrade path for this configuration

C) You must upgrade to Windows 9.x and then upgrade to Windows 2000 Professional

D) You must upgrade from Windows 3.x to NT 4.0 Workstation and then upgrade to Windows 2000 Professional

E) C or D will work

14. You would like to configure a Windows 2000 Professional Workstation to display a list of drivers being loaded at boot. How do you configure this?

A) Add a /SOS switch to the config.sys file

B) Add a /DRV switch to the config.sys file

C) Add a /SOS switch to the boot.ini file

D) Add a /DRV switch to the autoexec.bat file

15. You are attempting to set up multiple displays in Windows 2000 Professional. You have a display adapter built into the motherboard and have a PCI display adapter for the second monitor. Which of the following is the correct way to approach this situation?

A) Windows 2000 multiple display only supports AGP adapters for the second adapter card. You must buy a PCI display adapter

B) Windows 2000 does not support built in adapter cards for multiple displays. You must buy an additional display adapter

C) Install Windows 2000 with the built-in adapter and then add the PCI adapter afterward

D) The PCI adapter must be installed before Windows 2000 installation begins

E) Disable the built-in adapter in the BIOS. During installation, configure Windows 2000 to use the PCI adapter. After installation is complete, enable the built-in display adapter

16. Which of the following is true of Windows 2000 Professional?

A) Does not support group policies

B) Ships with built-in fax support

C) Does not support mandatory profiles

D) Ships with a built-in proxy server

17. Which tool can be used to remotely administer network shares?

A) Computer Management Snap-in

B) System Manager

C) Disk Administrator

D) Setup Manager

18. You need to change a user's roaming profile from personal to mandatory on a Windows 2000 Professional workstation. Which of the following will accomplish this?

A) Change the user's NTUSER.DAT file to NTUSER.MAN

B) Modify the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE registry key

C) Use the computer management applet in Administrative Tools

D) Use the Regional Options control panel

19. Which of the following services does not need to be available on the network in order to perform a remote installation using RIS?

A) A DNS Server

B) A DHCP Server

C) Active Directory

D) None of the above

20. You are preparing to install Windows 2000 Professional on an Intel based computer with the following hardware configuration: Pentium 166, 64mb RAM and a 1GB hard drive. Which, if any, of these items will cause the installation to fail?

A) The processor

B) The memory

C) The hard disk

D) This configuration will work fine

21. When sharing files, which of the following cache settings will make all files that have been opened via the share available offline to those that access the files?

A) Manual Caching for Documents

B) Cache All

C) Automatic Caching for Documents

D) Automatic Caching for Programs

22. You are setting up an Answer file for an unattended setup. You wish for the installation to use the settings in the answer file, however, you would like for the installer to see these values and have the option of changing them. Which User Interaction Level do you choose?

A) GUI Attended

B) Hide Pages

C) Read Only

D) Provide Defaults

23. You need to dual boot a computer with Windows 2000 Professional and Windows 95 OSR1. You need all partitions to be accessible from both operating systems. Which file system should be used when creating the partitions?

A) FAT

B) FAT32

C) NTFS

D) HPFS

24. Which of the following is not an attribute of a Windows 2000 redirector?

A) Allows applications to call a single API

B) Runs in User mode

C) Can coexist with other redirectors

D) None of the above

25. In comparison to locally installed applications, which of the following is not true of shared network applications?

A) Use less diskspace

B) Uses more network resources

C) More difficult to upgrade

D) Applications cannot be run over a Windows 2000 network

26. Which of the following is true?

A) Windows 2000 does not support file ownership

B) When moving a file to a directory on the same NTFS partition, the file inherits the permissions of the target directory

C) Share permissions and NTFS permissions are the same thing

D) A copied file inherits the permissions of the target directory

27. How do you set up a VPN connection in Windows 2000 professional?

A) Go to the Network and Dial-up Connection control panel and run the Network Connection Wizard. Select Make New Connection and choose the Connects to a Private Network Through the Internet option

B) Windows 2000 Professional cannot connect to a VPN without 3rd party software

C) Go to the Network and Dial-up Connection control panel and run the Network Connection Wizard. Select Make VPN Connection and fill in the fields that appear in the resulting dialogue box

D) Go to the Network and Dial-up Connection control panel. Right click on the Network or Dial-up adapter that you wish to use and select Properties. Then run the Network Identification Wizard

28. Your company has a user named Bob that works part-time in the office and part time from home. You need to create a profile that will give Bob the same profile settings no matter where he logs in. You also have a need to make sure that he is unable to permanently change any of the profile settings. Which profile type should be used?

A) Mandatory Mobile

B) Roaming

C) Mandatory Local

D) Mandatory Roaming

29. You have a central Windows 2000 Workstation that is used by multiple users. You need the workstation to automatically install the latest service pack the next time the computer is turned on. How do you proceed?

A) You must load the service pack on the workstation locally

B) Publish the Windows Installer Package

C) Assign the installation package to the computer

D) Assign the installation package to the user

30. You wish to browse only the computers in your local workgroup. How do you accomplish this?

A) Open a command prompt and type net view localgroup

B) Go to My Network Places and select Computer Near Me

C) Go to My Network Places and select the globe icon

D) Open a command prompt and type net view localmachines

Answers :

1. You format a partition as NTFS. What are the default permissions for the root directory?

Correct answer: C) Full control for the everyone group

(Note: By default, full control permissions are assigned to the root directory on an NTFS partition.)

2. You have a dual processor Windows 2000 Professional Workstation. Which performance monitor counter do you use to track how much processor time is being devoted to processing interrupts?

Correct answer: B) Processor: % interrupt time

(Note: The % interrupt time measures how much time the processor is spending on interrupts.)

3. Which of the following is required on a client in order to perform remote installation using RIS?

Correct answer: D) Any of the above will work

4. What is the UNC path to a share called "myshare" on a server called "myserver"?

Correct answer: B) myservermyshare

(Note: UNC paths are in the format serversharesubdirectoryfilename. You will not always use the subdirectory or filename.)

5. You have installed a Windows 2000 workstation and wish to create an image of the system and applications that can be applied to 50 other client workstations via RIS. Which utility is required?

Correct answer: B) Riprep

(Note: Riprep allows the creation of an image which can be stored on an RIS server and be available to clients for remote installation.)

6. Which of the following is not a requirement in order to use web based printer management?

Correct answer: B) The SNMP service

(Note: With IIS or Peer Web Services(PWS), I.E. 4.x or higher and the name of the print server, the browser can be used to administer printers from any computer.)

7. Which of the following is not true?

Correct answer: D) Client for Microsoft Networks can be installed in the services tab of Network properties

(Note: Client or Microsoft Networks can be added from the Network and Dial-up Connections control panel. Then right click on the network adapter and select properties.)

8. You are installing Windows 2000 Professional and need to instruct the installation to copy all installation files to the hard disk as the CD may be unavailable at a later time. When running WINNT32.EXE, which command switch will accomplish this?

Correct answer: B) /makelocalsource

(Note: The I386 directory can also be copied from the cd at a later time.)

9. You wish to check and make sure that the hardware that is installed on a client will be compatible with a Windows 2000 professional upgrade. Which of the following will give you this information?

Correct answer: A) Run WINNT32.EXE /checkupgradeonly

(Note: Remember that WINNT32.EXE is used for upgrades. The checkupgradeonly switch will force installation to only check the hardware compatibility and create a report.)

10. You run a small home office with an 56k modem connection to the internet. You have 1 Windows 2000 Professional Workstation and 2 Windows 95 computers connected to a hub and you need them all to be connected to the internet. How do you make this happen?

Correct answer: C) Enable ICS

(Note: Internet Connection Sharing(ICS) allows multiple computers to share the same internet connection. ICS uses Network Address Translation(NAT) to provide an internal network address scheme that translates to an "external" address. It also provides gateway and name services.)

11. Which utility is used to aid in the creation of Answer and UDF files?

Correct answer: D) Setup Manager

(Note: Setup Manager is the tool that allows one to create or modify Answer and UDF files.)

12. Using Convert, it is possible to convert a partition from:

Correct answer: C) FAT to NTFS

(Note: The Convert utility allows you to convert a FAT or FAT32 partition to NTFS. When possible, it is best to reformat the partition as the Convert utility can cause fragmentation on the newly formatted drive.)

13. You need to upgrade a Windows 3.x client to Windows 2000 Professional. How do you proceed?

Correct answer: E) C or D will work

14. You would like to configure a Windows 2000 Professional Workstation to display a list of drivers being loaded at boot. How do you configure this?

Correct answer: C) Add a /SOS switch to the boot.ini file

15. You are attempting to set up multiple displays in Windows 2000 Professional. You have a display adapter built into the motherboard and have a PCI display adapter for the second monitor. Which of the following is the correct way to approach this situation?

Correct answer: C) Install Windows 2000 with the built-in adapter and then add the PCI adapter afterward

(Note: The Windows 2000 installation program will disable a built in adapter if an additional PCI or AGP adapter is detected. You must install Windows 2000 and then install the additional display adapter. The BIOS in some computers will disable the built-in adapter when another is detected. If this is not a configurable option in the BIOS, then a second adapter card must be purchased.)

16. Which of the following is true of Windows 2000 Professional?

Correct answer: B) Ships with built-in fax support

(Note: Windows 2000 does ship with built-in faxing support(finally).)

17. Which tool can be used to remotely administer network shares?

Correct answer: A) Computer Management Snap-in

(Note: The computer management snap-in will allow users with appropriate permissions to remotely share and set share-level permissions on directories located on another computer.)

18. You need to change a user's roaming profile from personal to mandatory on a Windows 2000 Professional workstation. Which of the following will accomplish this?

Correct answer: A) Change the user's NTUSER.DAT file to NTUSER.MAN

(Note: A) This file can be found in the user's profile. You will need administrative rights to perform this function.)

19. Which of the following services does not need to be available on the network in order to perform a remote installation using RIS?

Correct answer: D) None of the above

(Note: DNS, DHCP and Active Directory are all required in order to perform a remote installation using RIS.)

20. You are preparing to install Windows 2000 Professional on an Intel based computer with the following hardware configuration: Pentium 166, 64mb RAM and a 1GB hard drive. Which, if any, of these items will cause the installation to fail?

Correct answer: D) This configuration will work fine

(Note: Microsoft recommends a hard disk at least 2GB in size with at least 685MB of free space. A 1GB disk will work, it just isn't recommended.)

21. When sharing files, which of the following cache settings will make all files that have been opened via the share available offline to those that access the files?

Correct answer: C) Automatic Caching for Documents

(Note: Only files that are opened become available offline using Automatic Caching for Documents.)

22. You are setting up an Answer file for an unattended setup. You wish for the installation to use the settings in the answer file, however, you would like for the installer to see these values and have the option of changing them. Which User Interaction Level do you choose?

Correct answer: D) Provide Defaults

(Note: During installation, provide defaults will show the default settings in the answer file, yet allow the installer to make changes.)

23. You need to dual boot a computer with Windows 2000 Professional and Windows 95 OSR1. You need all partitions to be accessible from both operating systems. Which file system should be used when creating the partitions?

Correct answer: A) FAT

(Note: Windows 95 did not support FAT32 until the OSR2 upgrade. Rather than formatting the partition as fat, it would probably be better to upgrade Windows 95 to OSR2 and use FAT32.)

24. Which of the following is not an attribute of a Windows 2000 redirector?

Correct answer: B) Runs in User mode

(Note: Windows 2000 redirectors run in Kernel mode.)

25. In comparison to locally installed applications, which of the following is not true of shared network applications?

Correct answer: C) More difficult to upgrade

(Note: Upgrading applications is much easier when you only have to upgrade it in once place. If an application needing an upgrade were installed locally on 1000 client machines, all 1000 computers would have to be upgraded individually.)

26. Which of the following is true?

Correct answer: D) A copied file inherits the permissions of the target directory

(Note: A copy operation or a move to a DIFFERENT partition will result in the file inheriting the permissions of the target directory.)

27. How do you set up a VPN connection in Windows 2000 professional?

Correct answer: A) Go to the Network and Dial-up Connection control panel and run the Network Connection Wizard. Select Make New Connection and choose the Connects to a Private Network Through the Internet option

(Note: Windows 2000 supports PPTP and L2TP VPN connections. L2TP can be configured to IPSec encryption or no encryption(not recommended). The type of connection that a Windows 2000 Professional workstation will make is determined by the server that it is connecting to.)

28. Your company has a user named Bob that works part-time in the office and part time from home. You need to create a profile that will give Bob the same profile settings no matter where he logs in. You also have a need to make sure that he is unable to permanently change any of the profile settings. Which profile type should be used?

Correct answer: D) Mandatory Roaming

(Note: A mandatory roaming profile, will allow a users settings to "travel" with them while preventing them from making lasting changes.)

29. You have a central Windows 2000 Workstation that is used by multiple users. You need the workstation to automatically install the latest service pack the next time the computer is turned on. How do you proceed?

Correct answer: C) Assign the installation package to the computer

(Note: Publishing an installation package makes the install program available to a USER(S) no matter where they login to the network. Assigning the installation program to USERS creates a shortcut that will start the installation when the user attempts to launch the application. Assigning to a computer makes the installation occur at next restart and makes the application available to all users of that workstation.)

30. You wish to browse only the computers in your local workgroup. How do you accomplish this?

Correct answer: B) Go to My Network Places and select Computer Near Me

(Note: Computer Near Me will display the computers in your local workgroup)

هذه بعض الأختبارات لو أى أحد من الأخوان يريد أى أمتحان أخر يخبرنى

وتوجد كثير من الأختبارات و سوف أقوم بإرسالها بعون الله

والله ولى التوفيق

جزيل الشكر اخي على الأسءله وبصراحه ما توقعتها تكون بهذا السلوب

اذا أمكن ان تقوم وضعها في صيغه ملف مظغوط ولك الف شكر